report: health and safety plan for vega baja solid waste ... · 4.0 personnel training requirements...

ironniemai i ;tLUii)ii v^eic^

t » I in nntMal lutt^tun • i\js o

t ojix i "

^ LLilun' iwlniLil ^ssts i tui iiiil \csnonsc Tr- t«

I al r «. J 1 \ l / w o 1 ^ rtiiu ' u iPo R _ I J' i »

ii|iilS,!ll'H ( 4

V III I I K t ist ll . . t 01 l»it W v U - v ^ l i r o ' 1 ' tn

• vi» 2 ' y (M 0 T>

O n I x r I» JJ

ujt;^ 1 uiN o I riN 1 i cLo J. J. l l _ l _ - . 3 < w ' V i . ^ . J I ' ^ ^ l W W V i - . J - ' - ' i - f - ^ - f I I W . ^ - w "

HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FOR

VEGA BAJA SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL SITE REMOVAL ACTIONS ACTIVHIES

Prepared for

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region II

Caribbean Envirorunental Protection Di\dsion

Prepared By:

Superfiind Technical Assessment and Response Team Roy F. Weston, Inc. And Sarriera & Associates

Federal Programs DiviMon Santurce, Puerto Rico 00909

vvith the assistance ofthe EPA-HASP Program, under the

EPA Contract No.: 68-W5-O019 TDD No.: 02-99-08-O055C

r

October 1999

Doel A. Mranda Project Manager

/Myt'^^^/^ Date: / pAr / f4 '

Paul Potvin Health and Safety Ofifiocr

EPA

^ y ^ y / ^

D.t.: /o/:>^kf Ram6n Torres Task Monitor

200313 ;

** Table of Contents**

1.0 INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 Scope and Applicability of the Site Health and Safety Plan ..• 1

1.2 Visitors •. 1

2.0 KEY PERSONNEL/IDENTIFICATION OF HEALTH AND SAFETY 2

2.1 On-Scene Coordinator 2

2.2 Superfiind Technical Assessment and Response Team 2

2.3 Program Manager (WRS) 2

2.4 Response Manager(WRS) 2

2.5 Site Specific Health and Safety Personnel 3

2.6 Organizational Responsibility 3

3.0 TASK/OPERATION SAFETY AND HEALTH RISK ANALYSIS 4

3.1 Historical Overview of Site 4

3.2 Task by Task Risk Analysis 5

3.3 Task Hazard Description ..9

3.4 Physical Hazards 10

4.0 PERSONNEL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 12

4.1 Pre-assignment and Annual Refresher Training 12

4.2 Site Supervisors Training 12

4.3 Training and Briefing Topics 12

5.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT TO BE USED 14

5.1 Levels of Protection 14

5.2 Level A Personnel Protective Equipment 15

200314

5.3 Level B Personnel Protective Equipment 15

5.4 Level C Personnel Protective Equipment 16

5.5 Level D Personnel Protective Equipment 16

5.6 Reassessment of Protection Program 16

5.7 Work Mission Duration 17

5.8 Chemical Resistance and Integrity of Protective Material 17

5.9 SOP for Respiratory Protection Devices 18

5.10 SOP for Personal Protective 18.

5.10.1 Inspection 18

6.0 MEDICAL SLTRVElLLANCE REQUIREMENTS 21

6.1 Baseline or Pre-assignment Monitoring 21

6.2 Periodic Monitoring .' 21

6.3 Site Specific Medical Monitoring 21

6.4 Exposure/Injury/Medical Support 21

6.5 Exit Physical 22

7.0 FREQUENCY AND TYPES OF AIR MONITORING/SAMPLING 23

7.1 Direct-Reading Monitoring Instruments 23

8.0 SITE CONTROL MEASURES 27

8.1 Buddy System. 27

8.2 Site Communications Plan 27

8.3 Work Zone Definition 27

8.4 Nearest Medical Assistance 28

8.5 Safe Work Practices 28

8.6 Emergency Alarm Procedures..... 28

200315

1.0 INTRODUCTION

This section ofthe Site Health and Safety Plan (HASP) document defines general applicability and general responsibilities with respect to compliance with Health and Safety programs.

1.1 Scope and Applicability ofthe Site Health and Safety Plan

The purpose ofthis Site Heahh and Safety Plan is to define the requirements and designate protocols to be followed at the Site during investigation and remediation activities. Applicability extends to all Government employees, contractors, subcontractors, and visitors.

All personnel on site, contractors and subcontractors included, shall be informed of the site emergency response procedures and any potential fire, explosion, health, or safety hazards ofthe operation. This HASP summarizes those hazards in table 3.1 and defines the protective measures planned for the site.

This plan must be reviewed and an agreement to comply with the requirements must be signed by all personnel prior to entering the exclusion zone or contamination reduction zone.

During development ofthis plan consideration was given to current safety standards as defined by EPA/0SHA/NIOSH, heahh effects and standards for known contaminants, and procedures designed to account for the potential for exposure to unknown substances. Specifically, the following reference sources have been consulted:

o OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 and EPA 40 CFR 311 o U.S. EPA, OERR ERT Standard Operating Safety Guides o NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA Occ. Health and Safety Guidelines

1.2 Visitors

All visitors entering the contamination reduction zone and exclusion zone at the Site will be required to read and verify compliance with the provisions ofthis HASP. In addition, visitors will be expected to comply with relevant OSHA requirements such as medical monitoring (Sec. 6.0), training (Sec. 4.0), and respiratory protection (if applicable). Visitors will also be expected to provide their own protective equipment.

In the event that a visitor does not adhere to the provisions ofthe HASP, he/she will be requested to leave the work area. All nonconformance incidents will be recorded in the site log.

200316

9.0 DECONTAMINATION PL AN..; 33

9.1 Standard Operating Procedures 33

9.2 Levels of Decontamination Protection Required for Personnel 33

9.3 Equipment Decontamination 33

9.4 Disposition of Decontamination Wastes 33

10.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE/CONTINGENCY PLAN. 35

10.1 Pre-Emergency Planning 35

10.2 Personnel Roles and Lines of Authority 35

10.3 Emergency Recognition/Prevention 37

10.4 Evacuation Routes/Procedures 37

10.5 Emergency Contact/Notification System 38

10.6 Emergency Medical Treatment Procedures 39

10.6.1 Directions to Hospital. '. 39

10.7 Fire or Explosion • 39

10.8 Spill or Leaks 39

10.9 Emergency Equipment/Facilities 40

11.0 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURES 41

11.1 Definitions 41

11.2 General Provisions 41

11.3 Procedure for Confined Space Entry 42

11.4 Confined Space Observer...., 43

12.0 SPILL CONTAINMENT PROGRAM 45

13.0 HAZARD COMMUNICATION 46

200317

2.0 KEY PERSONNEL/IDENTIFICATION OF HEALTH AND SAFETY

The USEPA On-Scene Coordinator (OSC), Contractor Program Manager, Response Manager, Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH), Project Safety Officer (PSO) and START representatives share responsibilities for formulating and enforcing health and safety requirements and implementing the HASP.

2.1 ON-SCENE COORDINATOR - (OSC)

The OSC, as the representative ofthe U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), is responsible for the overall project administration and coordinating health and safety standards for all the individuals on site at all times. All applicable Occupational Health and Safety Administration Standards shall be observed. However, each contractor, (as an employer under OSHA) is responsible for the Heahh and safety ofits employees.

2.2 SUPERFUND TECHNICAL ASSESSMENT AND RESPONSE TEAM (START)

The Superfund Technical Assessment and Response Team is responsible for providing the OSC with assistance and support in regard to all technical, regulatory, and safety aspects of site activity. START is also available to advise the OSC on matters related to sampling, treating, packaging, labeling, transporting and disposing of hazardous materials, but is not limited to that mentioned above.

2.3 CONTRACTOR PROGRAM MANAGER (WRS)

The PM has the overall responsibility for the project and to assure that the goals of the construction/remedial action are attained in a manner consistent with the HASP requirements. The PM will coordinate with the RM and the PSO to assure that the remedial action goals are completed in a manner consistent with the HASP. The PM will conduct a monthly health and safety audit ofthe project using the Management Health and Safety Report Form.

2.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSE MANAGER (WRS)

The RM is responsible for field implementation of the HASP and Site Emergency Response and Contingency Plan. The RM is responsible for field implementation ofthe HASP and will act as the PSO in the absence ofthe assigned PSO. The RM will establish and ensure compliance with site control areas and procedures and coordinate these supervisory responsibilities whh the site PSO. Specific Key Requirement Areas (KRA's) for safety performance include:

Complete site specific Job Safety Analysis for all principle tasks. Implement the She Safety Awareness/Recognition programs. Conduct weekly safety inspections of job sites. Correct all deficiencies as noted on Management Safety Improvements Reports and safety departments audits, within recommended time frames Investigate and report findings for ALL OSHA recordable vehicle and equipment incidents; assure corrective actions are taken.

200318

The following personnel and organizations are critical to the planned activhies at the Site. The organizational structure will be reviewed and updated periodically by the site supervisor.

START

Doel A. Miranda Miguel A. Maldonado Hector M. Santana

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

Angel Rodriguez - EPA-OSC Thomas Budroe - EPA-OSC

2.5 SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY PERSONNEL

The Site Health and Safety Officer (HSO) has total responsibility for ensuring that the provisions of this HASP are adequate and implemented in the field. Changing field conditions may require decisions to be made concerning adequate protection programs. Therefore, it is vhal that personnel assigned as HSO be experienced and meet the additional training requirements specified by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.120 (see Section 4.0 ofthis HASP). The HSO is also responsible for conducting she inspections on a regular basis in order to ensure the effectiveness ofthis plan.

The HSO at the site'is Miguel A. Maldonado - START

Designated alternate include:

o Hector Santana - START o Doel A. Miranda - START

2.6 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITY

Doel Miranda, Project Manager or designated alternate, will verify that all activities at site are carried on time and in a safe manner and that removal and sampling events comply whh all QA/QC parameters.

Miguel A. Maldonado, Hector M. Santana or designee will be responsible for all Heath and Safety implementation.

- j -

2 0 0 3 1 9

3.0 TASK/OPERATION SAFETY AND HEALTH RISK ANALYSIS

3.1 HISTORICAL OVERVIEW OF SITE

This HASP defines the hazards and methods to protect personnel from those hazards as identified in previous she work or background information. For a thorough overview of historical information concerning the Site see the following documents:

Preliminary assessment

Public Health Assessment for Vega Baja Solid Waste Disposal, Rio Abajo Ward/La Trocha, Vega Baja, Puerto Rico CERCLIS No. PRD 980512669 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services/Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) 30 November 1998

FPXRF Analysis, -Vega Baja Landfill site, Vega Baja, Puerto Rico, Work Assignment # 3-356, Phase II FPXRF Activities Report Roy F. Weston 4 December 1998

FPXRF Analysis, Vega Baja Landfill she, Vega Baja, Puerto Rico, Work Assignment # 3-356, Phase III FPXRF Activities Report Roy F. Weston 21 January 1999

She inspection report

She Inspection Report, Vega Baja Solid Waste Disposal, Trio Vegabajeno Avenue, Rio Abajo Ward, Vega Baja, Puerto Rico Denise V. Soto (Project Manager), Puerto Rico Environmental Quality Board 4 June 1997

-4-2 0 0 3 2 0

3.2 TASK BY TASK RISK ANALYSIS

The evaluation of hazards is based upon the knowledge of site background presented in Section 3.1, and anticipated risks posed by the specific operation.

The following subsections describe each task/operation in terms ofthe specific hazards associated whh it. In addition, the protective measures to be implemented during completion of those operations are also identified.

Site originally operated as an unhned, uncapped soUd waste disposal area from 1948-1979. Since 1970 squatters have moved on-to and settled onto property. Currently 206 residences have been constructed on site. Preliminary surface soil sampling at the site identified Lead as the contaminant of concern. Concentrations up to 26,000 mg/kg were measured in the soil.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is currently performing a time-critical removal action at Brisas del Rosario community. Former Vega Baja Solid Waste Disposal Site under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA).

Table 3:-la provides a summary of task analysis and table 3.Tb provides achemical hazards fOr each task at the She.

-5-200321

TABLE 3.1a TASK ANALYSIS

Task No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Task

Access Road Construction/ Command Post Installation

Air Monitoring

Solid Waste Removal

Solid Waste Treatment

Non Hazardous Solid Waste Transportation

House Demolition

House Construction

Top Soil Application/ Re-vegetation

Sampling -Air - Soil

- Water

-6- 200322

TABLE 3.1b TASK ANALYSIS

CHEMICAL HAZARDS OF CONCERN

TASK

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

CONTAMINANT

BARIUM (SOLUBLE)

CADMIUM

COPPER

LEAD (Target chemical)

MERCURY

SELENIUM

THALLIUM

COAL TAR PITCH INCLUDING

PYRENE PHENANTHRENE

CHRYSENE ANTHRACENE

BENZO(A)PYRENE

SOURCE/ CONCENTRATION ON

SITE

SOIL 1,780 PPM

SOIL 20.7 PPM

SOIL 3,600 PPM

SOIL 26,300 PPM

SOIL 1.7 PPM

SOIL 3.1 PPM

SOIL 6.6 PPM

SOIL 0.5 PPM

TLV IDLH

(MG/M^)

0.50 N.D.

0.01 9.00

1.00 100

0.05 . 100

0.025 10

0.2 1.0

0.1 15.0

0.2 80

ROUTES OF CONCENTRATION

Inhalation, Absorption,

Contact, Ingestion

Inhalation, Ingestion

Inhalation, Ingestion, Contact

Inhalation, Ingestion,

Contact


Contact, Ingestion

Inhalation, Ingestion, Contact


Contact, Ingestion

Inhalation, Contact

-7-200323

TASK

1-9

1-9

CONTAMINANT

DIELDRIN

PCB

SOURCE/ CONCENTRATION

ON SITE

SOIL 0.94 PPM

SOIL 0.40 PPM

TLV IDLH

(MG/M^)

0.25 50.0

(CARCINOGEN)

0.5 5.0

(CARCINOGEN)

ROUTES OF CONCENTRATION


Contact, Injection


Contact, Ingestion

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

90°F OR ABOVE

87.5°F - 90°F

82.5°F - 87.5°F

77.5°F - 82.5°F

72.5°F - 77.5°F

TABLE 3.2 WORK/REST PERIODS

NO CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING (LEVEL D)

After 45 minutes of work





PROTECTION LEVELS C/B






200324

3.3 Task Hazard Descripfion

General hazards associated with site walk-through, site surveys, and sampling grid layout include the following:

• On she falling objects while performing duties. • Back strain due to carrying instruments. • Driving heavy equipment on uneven or unsafe surfaces can result in accidents such as

overturned vehicles and flat tires. • Heat stress exposure. • On Site chemical hazards depending on contaminant location and contact or

disturbances of contaminated areas.

Hazard Prevention

• Be alert and observed terrain while walking to minimize slips and falls. Hard hats and steel-toed boots provide additional support and stability.

• Use proper lifting techniques to prevent back strain. • Ensure all maintenance is performed on vehicles before going to the field. A she

surveillance on foot might be required to choose clear driving paths. • Implement heat stress management techniques such as shifting work hours, fluid

intake, and monitoring employees, especially high risk workers. • Wear long sleeved clothing and slacks to minimize contact with irritant and toxic

chemicals. Appropriate first aid for personnel.

-9-200325

3.4 Physical Hazards

TASK

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

HAZARD

Noise

Heat - Ambient Air

Rain

Electric Storms

Heavy Manual lifting/Moving

Rough Terrain

Housekeeping

Structural Integrity

Compressed Gases

Traffic

Heavy Equipment Operation

Excavating and Trenching

Demolition

Utilhies -Underground

PREVENTION

Minimize number of personnel in high noise area, use hearing protection when . Warning signs for hearing

protection

On she fluids. Work/rest Periods When possible work under the shade

Heart rate - 110 beats per minute • Body Temperature not to exceed 99°F

Body weight loss not to be more than 1.5% per day

Rain Gear

Cease work activities, seek indoor cover

. Proper lifting techniques. Awareness of personal limitations

Clear walkways, work areas of equipment, tools and debris. Mark, identify or barricade other obstructions.

Maintain all working areas clean and organized at all time.

Have Structural Engineer check the property.

Proper storage, secured

Caution while driving. Follow traffic regulations

Operation of heavy equipment by qualified personnel only. Minimize people adjacent to equipment. Communication

(verbal/visual) with operator. Awareness of back-up alarm

Provide workers proper skin, eye and respiratory protection based on the exposure hazards present. Dampen soil using light water spray to prevent fugitive dust emissions. Cover stockpiled soil with plastic sheeting to prevent fugitive dust emissions. Use mechanical lifting equipment to move large

awkward loads.

Operation of demolition equipment by qualified personnel only.

Complete a Utility search.

-10-200326

1-9

1-9

1-9

1-9

Utilhies -Overhead

Hand Tools

Power Hand Tools

Other Biological/insects

& Animal Life

Visual awareness of line location with respect to boom of any piece of heavy equipment

Maintain all tools in a safe condhion.

Knowledge of manufacture instruction, inspection prior to use, knowledge of safety features/shutofif.

Awareness, Communication whh others onsite. Use of insecticides and bug repellant

• 1 1 -200327

4.0 PERSONNEL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

Consistent whh OSHA's 29 CFR 1910.120 regulation covering Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, all site personnel are required to be trained in accordance with the standard. At a minimum all personnel are required to be trained to recognize the hazards on-site, the provisions ofthis HASP, and the responsible personnel.

4.1 Pre assignment and Annual Refresher Training

Prior to arrival on site, each employer will be responsible for certifying that his/her employees meet the requirements of pre-assignment training, consistent with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 paragraph (e)(3). The employer should be able to provide a document certifying that each general site worker has received 40 hours of instruction off the site, and 24 hours of training for any workers who are on she only occasionally for a specific task. If an individual employee has work experience and/or training that is equivalent to that provided in the initial training, an employer may waive the 40-hour training so long as that equivalent experience is documented or certified. All personnel must also receive 8 hours of refresher training annually.

4.2 She Supervisors Training

Consistent with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 paragraph (e)(8), individuals designated as site supervisors require an additional 8 hours of training.

The following individuals are identified as site supervisors:

Name Title/Responsibility

Doel Miranda, Project Manager

4.3 Training and Briefing Topics

The following items will be discussed by a qualified individual at the she pre-entry briefing(s) or periodic site briefings.

Briefing Topics

Chemical hazards. Table 3.1 Training requirements, Sec. 4.0; [29 CFR 1910.120(e)] Animal bites and stings Heavy machinery Personnel protective equipment. Sec. 5.0 Physical hazards. Table 3.2 Site Control, Sec. 8.0; [29 CFR 1910.120(d)] Site characterization and analysis.

Frequency

Daily Periodic

Daily Daily Daily

Daily

Daily

•12-200328

Sec. 3.0 Symptoms of overexposure to hazards Daily

-13- 200329

5.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT TO BE USED

This section describes the general requirements ofthe EPA designated Levels of Protection (A-D), and the specific levels of protection required for each task at the Site.

5.1 Levels of Protection

Personnel wear protective equipment when response activities involve known or suspected atmospheric contamination vapors, gases, or particulates may be generated by site activhies, or when direct contact with skin-affecting substances may occur. Full-face piece respirators protect lungs, gastrointestinal tract, and eyes against airborne toxicant. Chemical-resistant clothing protects the skin from contact with skin-destructive and absorbable chemicals.

The specific levels of protection and necessary components for each have been divided into four categories according to the degrees of protection afforded:

Level A: Should be worn when the highest level of respiratory, skin, and eye protection is needed.

Level B: Should be worn when the highest level of respiratory protection is needed, but a lesser level of skin protection. Level B is the primary level of choice when encountering unknown environments.

Level C: Should be worn when the criteria for using air-purifying respirators are met, and a lesser level of skin protection is needed.

Level D: Should be worn only as a work uniform and not in any area with respiratory or skin hazards. It provides minimal protection against chemical hazards.

Modifications of these levels are permitted, and routinely employed during site work activities to maximize efficiency. For example. Level C respiratory protection and Level D skin protection may be required for a given task. Likewise the type of chemical protective ensemble (i.e., material,

format) will depend upon contaminants and degrees of contact.

The Level of Protection selected is based upon the following:

Type and measured concentration ofthe chemical substance in the ambient atmosphere and its toxichy.

Potential for exposure to substances in air liquids, or other direct contact with material due to work being done. Knowledge of chemicals on-site along with properties such as toxicity, route of exposure, and contaminant matrix.

In situations where the type of chemical, concentration, and possibilities of contact are not known, the appropriate Level of Protection must be selected based on professional experience and judgment until the hazards can be better identified.

-14- 200330

5.2 Level A Personnel Protective Equipment:

Supplied-air respirator approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). Respirators may be positive pressure-demand, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or positive pressure-demand, airiine respirator (with escape bottle for Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH) or potential for IDLH atmosphere).

Fully encapsulating chemical-resistant suit

Coveralls

Long cotton underwear

loves (inner)

Boots, chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank (depending on suit construction, worn over or under suit boot)

Hard hat (under suit)

Disposable gloves and boot covers (worn over fijlly encapsulating suit)

Cooling unit

2-way radio communications (intrinsically safe)

5.3 Level B Personnel Protective Equipment:

Supplied-air respirator (MSHA/NIOSH approved). Respirators may be poshive pressure-demand, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or positive pressure-demand, airline respirator (with escape bottle for IDLH or potential for IDLH atmosphere).

Chemical-resistant clothing (overalls and long-sleeved jacket; hooded, one or two-piece chemical-splash suit; disposable chemical-resistant, one-piece suhs)


Coveralls

Gloves (outer), chemical-resistant Gloves (inner), chemical-resistant

Boots (outer), chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank

Boot covers (outer), chemical-resistant (disposable)

•15- 200331

Hard hat (face shield)


5.4 Level C Personnel Protective Equipment:

Air-purifying respirator, fiall-face, cartridge-equipped (MSHA/NIOSH approved)

Chemical-resistant clothing (coveralls; hooded, one-piece or two-piece chemical splash suit; chemical-resistant hood and apron; disposable chemical-resistant coveralls)

Coveralls


Gloves (outer), chemical-resistant

Gloves (inner), chemical-resistant

Boots (outer), chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank

Boot covers (outer), chemical-resistant (disposable)

Hard hat (face shield)

Escape mask


5.5 Level D Personnel Protective Equipment:

Coveralls

Gloves y

Boots/shoes, leather or chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank

Safety glasses

Hard hat

5.6 Reassessment of Protection Program

The Level of Protection provided by PPE selection shall be upgraded or downgraded based upon a change in site condhions or findings of investigations.

•16-200332

When a significant change occurs, the hazards should be reassessed. Some indicators ofthe need for

reassessment are:

Commencement of a new work phase, such as the start of drum sampling or work that begins on a different portion ofthe she.

Change in job tasks during a work phase.

Change of season/weather.

When temperature extremes or individual medical considerations limit the effectiveness of PPE.

Contaminants other than those previously identified are encountered.

Change in ambient levels of contaminants.

Change in work scope which effects the degree of contact with contaminants.

5.7 Work Mission Duration

Before the workers actually begin work in their PPE ensembles the anticipated duration ofthe work mission should be estabhshed. Several factors limit mission length, including:

Ar supply consumption (SCBA use).

• Suit/Ensemble permeation and penetration rates for chemicals (section 5.8).

Ambient temperature and weather conditions (heat stress, cold stress).

Capacity of personnel to work in PPE.

5.8 Chemical Resistance and Integrity of Protective Material

The following specific clothing materials are recommended for the site:

Solid transfer - (Level D)

Inner Gloves - Surgical

Boots/Boot Covers -

Outer Gloves -

Outer Garment/Coveralls -

-17-200333

5.9 SOP for Respiratory Protection Devices

The following subsections define standard operating procedures for air purifying respirators and self-contained breathing apparatus.

5.10 SOP for Personal Protective

5.10.1 Inspection

Proper inspection of PPE features several sequences of inspection depending upon specific articles of PPE and it's frequency of use. The different levels of inspection are as follows:

• Inspection and operational testing of equipment received from the factory or distributor.

• Inspection of equipment as h is issued to workers.

• Inspection after use or training and prior to maintenance.

• Periodic inspection of stored equipment.

• Periodic inspection when a question arises concerning the appropriateness of the selected equipment, or when problems with similar equipment arise.

The primary inspection of PPE in use for activities at the Site will occur prior to immediate use and whl be conducted by the user. This ensures that the specific device or article has been checked-out by the user that the user is familiar whh its use.

Table 5.1 Sample PPE Inspection Checklists

CLOTHING

Before use:

Determine that the clothing material is correct for the specified task at hand.

Visually inspect for: - imperfect seams - non-uniform coatings - tears - malfunctioning closures

Hold up to light and check for pinholes. Flex product:

- observe for cracks -. observe for other signs of shelf deterioration

200334

If the product has been used previously, inspect inside and out for signs of chemical attack:

- discoloration - swelling - stiffness

During the work task

Evidence of chemical attack such as discoloration, swelling, stiffening, and softening. Keep in mind, however, that chemical permeation can occur whhout any visible effects.

Closure failure.

Tears.

Punctures.

Seam Discontinuities.

GLOVES

Before use:

Visually inspect for: - imperfect seams - tears - non-uniform coating - pressurize glove whh air; listen for pin-hole leaks.

5.11 Specific Levels of Protection Planned for the Site

The following levels of protection will be utilized during activities at the She:

Level B Level C Level C modified Level D Level D modified

Concur: Concur: Concur: Concur: Concur:

Table 5.2 presents the level of protection planned for the completion of individual task assignments and the specific components of each protective ensemble!

-19-200335

TABLE 5.2 SPECIFIC LEVELS OF PROTECTION PLANNED FOR THE

TASK ASSIGNMENTS AT THE SITE

LEVEL A Tasks

LEVEL A Tasks (modified)

LEVEL B Tasks

LEVEL B Tasks (modified)

LEVEL C Tasks

LEVEL C Tasks (modified)

LEVEL D Tasks

LEVEL D Tasks (modified)

-20- 200336

6.0 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

Medical monitoring programs are designed to track the physical condition of employees on a regular basis as well as survey pre-employment or baseline conditions prior to potential exposures. The medical surveillance program is a part of each employers Health and Safety program.

6.1 Baseline or Pre-assignment Monitoring

Prior to being assigned to a hazardous or a potentially hazardous activity involving exposure to toxic materials employee must receive a pre-assignment or baseline physical. The contents ofthe physical is to be determined by the employers medical consultant. As suggested by NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EP As Occupational Safety & Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities, the minimum medical monitoring requirements for work at the Site is as follows:

- Complete medical and work histories. - Physical examination. - Pulmonary fimction tests (FVC and FEVl). - Chest X-ray (every 2 years). - EKG. - Eye exarnination and visual acuity. . - Audiometry. - Urinalysis. - Blood chemistry

and heavy metals toxicology.

The pre-assignment physical should categorize employees as fit-for-duty and able to wear respiratory protection.

6.2 Periodic Monhoring

In addition to a baseline physical, all employees require a periodic physical within the last 12 months unless the advising physician believes a shorter interval is appropriate. The employers medical consultant should prescribe an adequate medical which fijlfills OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 requirements. The pre-assignment medical outlined above may be applicable.

All personnel working in contaminated or potentially contaminated area's at the Site will verify currency (within 12 months) with respect to medical monitoring. This is done by indicating date of last physical on the safety plan agreement form.

6.3 Site Specific Medical Monitoring

For activities at the Site, the following specific tests will be required prior to individuals entering the Exclusion Zone or Contamination Reduction Zone.

6.4 Exposure/Injury/Medical Support

As a follow-up to an injury or possible exposure above established exposure limits, all employees are entitled to and encouraged to seek medical attention and physical testing. Depending upon the type

-21-200337

of exposure, h is critical to perform follow-up testing whhin 24-48 hours. It will be up to the employers medical consultant to advise the type of test required to accurately monitor for exposure effects.

6.5 Exh Physical

At termination of employment or reassignment to an activity or location which does not represent a risk of exposure to hazardous substances, an employee shall require an exit physical. If his/her .last physical was within the last 6 months, the advising medical consultant has the right to determine adequacy and necessity of exit exam.

-22-200338

7.0 FREQUENCY AND TYPES OF AIR MONITORING/SAMPLING

This section explains the general concepts of an air monitoring program and specifies the surveillance activities that will take place during project completion at the She.

The purpose of air monitoring is to identify and quantify airborne contaminants in order to verify and determine the level of worker protection needed. Initial screening for identification is often qualhative, i.e., the contaminant, or the class to which it belongs, is demonstrated to be present but the determination ofits concentration (quantification) must await subsequent testing. Two principal approaches are available for identifying and/or quantifying airborne contaminants:

The on-site use of direct-reading instruments. Laboratory analysis of air samples obtained by gas sampling bag, collection media (i.e., filter, sorbent), and/or wet-contaminant collection methods.

7.1 Direct-Reading Monhoring Instruments

Unlike air sampling devices, which are used to collect samples for.subsequent analysis in a laboratory, direct-reading instruments - provide information at the time of sampling, enabling rapid decision-making. Data obtained from the real-time monitors are used to assure proper selection of personnel protection equipment, engineering controls, and work practices. Overall, the instruments provide the user the capability to determine if site personnel are being exposed to concentrations which exceed exposure limits or action levels for specific hazardous materials.

Of significant importance, especially during initial entries, is the potential for IDLH conditions or oxygen deficient atmospheres. Real-time monitors can be useful in identifying any IDLH condhions, toxic levels of airborne contaminants, flammable atmospheres, or radioactive hazards. Periodic monhoring of conditions is critical, especially if exposures may have increased since initial monhoring or if new she activities have commenced.

Table 7.1. excerpted from Occupational Safety and Health Guidelines for Hazardous Waste Site Activhies, provides an overview of available monitoring instrumentation and their specific operating parameters.

TABLE 7.1 SOME DIRECT-READING INSTRUMENTS FOR GENERAL SURVEY

Instrument: Combustible gas indicator (CGI)

Hazard Monitored: Combustible gases and vapors.

Application: Measures the concentration of a combustible gas or vapor.

Detection Method: A filament, usually made of platinum, is heated by burning the combustible gas of vapor. The increase in heat is measured. Gases and vapors are ionized in a flame. A current is produced in proportion to the number of carbon atoms present.

-23-

200339

General Care/Maintenance: Recharge or replace battery. Calibrate immediately before use.

Typical Operating Time: Can be used for as long as the battery lasts, or for the recommended interval between calibrations, whichever is less.

Instrument: Flame Ionization Detector (FID) with Gas Chromatography Option. Example: Foxboro OVA.

Hazard Monitored: Many organic gases and vapors.

Application: In survey mode, detects the concentration of many organic gases and vapors. In gas chromatography (GC) mode identifies and measures specific compounds. In survey mode, all the organic compounds are ionized and detected at the same time. In GC mode, volatile species are separated.

General Care/Maintenance: Recharge or replace battery. Monitor fliel and/or combustion air supply gauges. Perform routine maintenance as described in the manual. Check for leaks.

Typical Operating Time: 8 hours; 3 hours with strip chart recorder.

Instrument: Portable Infrared (IR) Spectrophotometer

Hazard Monitored: Many gases and vapors.

Application: Measures concentration of many gases and vapors in air. Designed to quantify one or two component mixtures.

Detecfion Method: Passes different frequencies of IR through the sample. The frequencies absorbed are specific for each compound.

General Care/Maintenance: As specified by manufacturer.

Instrument: Ultraviolet (UV) Photoionization Detector (PID) Example: HNU.

Hazard Monhored: Many organic and some inorganic gases and vapors.

Application: Detects total concentration of many organic and some inorganic gases and vapors. Some identification of compounds are possible if more than one probe is measured. .

Detecfion Method: Ionizes molecules using UV radiation; produces a current that is proportional to the number of ions.

General Care/Maintenance: Recharge or replace battery. Regularly clean lamp window. Regularly clean an maintain the instrument and accessories.

-24-200340

Typical Operating Time: 10 hours. 5 hours with strip chart recorder.

Instrument: Direct Reading Colorimetric Indicator Tube Hazard Measured: Specific gas and vapors.

Application: Measures concentration of specific gases and vapors.

Detection Method: The compound reacts with the indicator chemical in the tube, producing a stain whose length or color change is proportional to the compound's concentration.

General Care/Maintenance: Do not use a previously opened tube even if the indicator chemical is not stained. Check pump, for leaks before and after use. Refrigerate before use to maintain a shelf life of about 2 years. Check expiration date of tubes. Calibrate pump volume at least quarteriy. Avoid rough handling which may cause channeling. Instrument: Oxygen Meter

Hazard Monitored: Oxygen (02)

Application: Measures the percentage of 02 in the air.

Detection Method: Uses an electrochemical sensor to measure the partial pressure of 02 in the air, and converts that reading to 02 concentration.

General Care/Maintenance: Replace detector cell according to manufacturers recommendations. Recharge or replace batteries prior to expiration ofthe specified interval. If the ambient air is more than 0.5% C02, replace the detector cell frequently.

Typical Operating Time: 8-12 hours.

Instrument: Real Time Aerosol Monitor

Hazard Monitored: Particulates

Application: Measures total particulates in air.

Detection Method: Uses an internal light source. The particulates diffract the light beam and the amount of diffraction is converted into concentration (mg/M3).

General Care/Maintenance: Recharge batteries. Replace desiccant when necessary.

Typical Operating Time: 8-12 hours.

Instrument: Monitox

Hazard Monitored: Gases and Vapors

Application: Measures specific gases and vapors

-25-200341

Detection Method: Electrochemical sensor relatively specific for the chemical species in question.

General Care/Maintenance: Moisten sponge before use; check the function switch; change the battery when needed.

Instruments: Gamma Radiation Survey Instrument

Hazard Monhored: Gamma Radiation

Application: Environmental radiation monitor

Detection Method: Scintillation detector

General Care/Maintenance: Must be calibrated annually at a specialized facility.

Typical Operating Time: Can be used for as long as the battery lasts, or for the recommended interval between calibrations, whichever is less.

After site mitigafion activitieshave commenced, the selective monitoring of high-risk workers, i.e., those who are closest to the source of contaminant generation, is essential. Personal monitoring samples should be collected in the breathing zone and, if workers are wearing respiratory protective equipment, outside the face piece.

Those employees working closest with the source have the highest likelihood of being exposed to concentrations which exceed established exposure limits. Representative sampling approaches emphasizing worst case conditions, those employees whh the greatest risk of exposure, is acceptable. However, the sampling strategy may change if the operation or tasks change on site or if exposures potentially increase.

-26- 200342

8.0 SITE CONTROL MEASURES

The following section defines measures and procedures for maintaining site control. She control is an essential component in the implementation ofthe site health and safety program.

8.1 Buddy System

During all Level B activities or when some conditions present a risk to personnel, the implementation of a buddy system is mandatory. A buddy system requires at least two people who work as a team; each looking out for each other. For example. Level B operations generally require three people.

Table 8.1 lists those tasks which require a buddy system and any additional site control requirements.

8.2 She Communications Plan

Successflil communications between field teams and contact whh personnel in the support zone is essential. The following communications systems will be available during activhies at the Site.

Hand Signals

Signal Definhion

Hands clutching throat Out of air/cannot breath Hands on top of head Need assistance Thumbs up OKT am all right/I understand Thumbs down No/negative Arms waving upright Send backup support Grip partners wrist Exit area immediately

8.3 Work Zone Definhion

The three general work zones established at the Site are the Exclusion Zone, Contamination Reduction Zone, and Support Zone. Figure 8.1 provides a site map with the work zones designated on h.

The Exclusion Zone is defined as the area where contamination is either known or likely to be present, or because of activity, will provide a potential to cause harm to personnel. Entry into the Exclusion Zone requires the use of personnel protective equipment.

The Contamination Reduction Zone is the area where personnel conduct personal and equipment decontamination. It is essentially a buffer zone between contaminated areas and clean areas. Activities to be conducted in this zone will require personal protection as defined in the decontamination plan. The Support Zone is shuated in clean areas where the chance to encounter hazardous materials or condhions is minimal. Personal protective equipment is therefore not required.

-27-200343

8.4 Nearest Medical Assistance

Figure 8.2 provides a map ofthe route to the nearest medical facility which can provide emergency care for individuals who may experience an injury or exposure on site. The route to the hosphal should be verified by the HSO, and should be familiar to all site personnel.

The following individuals on site have current certification in CPR and/or first aid:

All personnel

8.5 Safe Work Practices

Table 8.2 provides a list of standing orders for the Exclusion Zone.

Table 8.3 provides a list of standing orders for the Contamination Reduction Zone.

8.6 Emergency Alarm Procedures

The warning signals described in section t0.4"Evacuation Routes and Procedures," will be deployed in the event of an emergency. Communication signals will also be used according to section 8.2.

TABLE 8.1. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS

Task

Ar Monhoring

Solid Waste Removal

Solid Waste Treatment

Non Hazardous Solid Waste Transportation

House Demolition

House Construction

Control Measures

Buddy System Line of Sight

Radio Communication


Radio Communication


Radio Communication


Radio Communication


Radio Communication


Radio Communication

Comments

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

-28-2 0 0 3 4 4

Top Soil Application/ Re-vegetation

Sampling -Air -Soh

- Water

Air monitoring


Radio Communication


Radio Communication


Radio Communication

TBD

TBD

TBD

-29-200345

FIGURE 8.1 SITE MAP DEPICTING WORK ZONES

50-200346

SITE IVIAP DEPICTING WORK ZONES

to o o OJ

< o tq > o

SUPPORT ZONE

^ " f RAS STREET

FIGURE 8.2 MAP DEPICTING ROUTE TO NEAREST MEDICAL FACILITIES

-31-200348

TABLE 8.2 STANDING ORDERS FOR EXCLUSION ZONE

o No smoking, eating, or drinking in this zone, o No horse play. 0 No matches or lighters in this zone, o Check-in on entrance to this zone. 0 Check-out on exh from this zone, o Implement the communications system. o Line of sight must be in position. o Wear the appropriate level of protection as defined in the

Safety Plan.

TABLE 8.3 STANDING ORDERS FOR CONTAMINATION REDUCTION ZONE

o No smoking, eating, or drinking in this zone. o No horse play. o No matches or lighters in this zone. o . Wear the appropriate level of protection.

200350

9.0 DECONTAMINATION PLAN

Table 5.2 lists the tasks and specific levels of protection required for each task. Consistent with the levels of protection required, the decontamination figure provides a step by step representation ofthe personnel decontamination process for either level A, B, or C These procedures should be modified to suh she conditions and protective ensembles in use.

9.1 Standard Operating Procedures

Decontamination involves the orderly controlled removal of contaminants. Standard decontamination sequences are presented in the decontamination figure. All site personnel should minimize contact with contaminants in order to minimize the need for extensive decontamination.

9.2 Levels of Decontamination Protection Required for Personnel

The levels of protection required for personnel assisting whh decontamination will be Level D

The She Safety Officer is responsible for monitoring decontamination procedures and determining their effectiveness.

9.3 Equipment Decontamination

Sampling equipment will be decontaminated in accordance with procedures as defined in the project operations plan.

The sequence of decontamination steps required for non-sampling equipment and heavy machinery can be found in the Quality Assurance Sampling Plan.

9.4 Disposhion of Decontamination Wastes

Al equipment and solvents used for decontamination shall be decontaminated or disposed of properly. Commercial laundries or cleaning establishments that decontaminate protective clothing or equipment shall be informed ofthe potentially harmflil effects of exposures.

FIGURE 9.1. LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION STEPS

Step 1 Segregated equipment drop Step 2 Boot cover and glove wash Step 3 Boot cover and glove rinse Step 4 Tape removal - outer glove and boot Step 5 Boot cover removal Step 6 Outer glove removal Step 7 Suit/safety boot wash Step 8 Suit/SCBA^oot/glove rinse Step 9 Safety boot removal Step 10 SCBA backpack removal

200351

Step 11 Splash suit removal Step 12 Inner glove wash Step 13 Inner glove rinse Step 14 Face piece removal Step 15 Inner glove removal Step 16 Inner clothing removal Step 17 Field wash Step 18 Redress

FIGURE 9.2. LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION STEPS

Step 1 Segregated equipment drop Step 2 Boot cover and glove wash Step 3 Boot cover and glove rinse Step 4 Tape removal Step 5 Boot cover removal Step 6 Outer glove removal Step 7 Suit/safety boot wash Step 8 Suit/safety boot rinse Step 9 Safety boot removal Step 10 Splash suh removal Step 11 Inner glove wash Step 12 Inner glove rinse Step 13 Face piece removal Step 14 Inner glove removal Step 15 Inner clothing removal Step 16 Field wash Step 17 Redress

FIGURE 9.3. LEVEL D DECONTAMINATION STEPS

Step 1 Remove outer garments (i.e., coveralls) Step 2 Remove gloves Step 3 Wash hands and face

54-200352

10.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE/CONTINGENCY PLAN

This section describes contingencies and emergency planning procedures to be implemented at the She. This plan is compatible with local, state and federal disaster and emergency management plans as appropriate.

10.1 Pre-Emergency Planning

During the site briefings held periodically/daily, all employees will be trained in and reminded of provisions ofthe emergency response plan, communication systems, and evacuation routes. Table 10.1 identifies the hazardous condhions associated with specific she activhies. The plan wiU be reviewed and revised if necessary, on a regular basis by the HSO. This will ensure that the plan is adequate and consistent with prevailing she conditions.

Prior to engaging in construction/remediation activities at the site, the RM will plan for possible emergency situations and have available adequate supplies and manpower to respond. In addhion site personnel will receive training during the she orientation concerning proper emergency response procedures.

The foUowing situations would warrant implementation ofthe emergency plan:

Fire/Explosion

Spill or Release of Hazardous Materials

Natural Disaster

The potential for human injury exists. Toxic fumes or vapors are released. The fire could spread on she or off she and possibly ignite other flammable materials or cause heat-induced explosions The use of water and/or chemical fire suppresants could result in contaminated run-off. An imminent danger of explosion exists.

The spill could result in the release of flammable liquids or vapors, thus causing a fire or gas explosion hazard. The spill could cause the release of toxic liquids or fumes in sufficient quantities or in a manner that is hazardous to or could endanger human heahh.

A rain storm exceeds the flash flood level. The facility is in a projected tornado path or a tornado has damaged facility property.

-35- 200353

Overexposure to hazardous materials. Trauma injuries (broken bones, severe lacerations/bleeding, burns). Eye/skin contact with hazardous materials. Loss of consciousness. Heat stress (Heat stroke). Heart attack. Respiratory failure. Alergic reaction.

The following measures will be taken to assure the availability of adequate equipment and manpower resources:

Sufficient equipment and materials will be kept on site and dedicated for emergencies only. The inventory will be replenished after each use.

On site emergency responders will br current in regards to training and medical surveillance programs. Copies of all applicable certificates will be kept on file for on-she personnel required to respond.

Lock-out/tag-out

Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) selection/use

Written, and approved permhs for hot work, confined space

Trenching/shoring procedure

Air monitoring

Following all standard operating procedures

Practice drills for fire, medical emergency, and hazardous substances spills.

10.2 Personnel Roles and Lines of Authority

The Site Supervisor has primary responsibility for responding to and correcting emergency situations. This includes taking appropriate measure to ensure the safety of she personnel and the public. Possible actions may involve evacuation of personnel from the site area, and evacuation of adjacent residents. He/she is additionally responsible for ensuring that corrective measures have been implemented, appropriate authorities notified, and follow-up reports completed. The HSO may be called upon to act on the behalf of the site supervisor, and will direct responses to any medical emergency. The individual contractor organizations are responsible for assisting the project manager in his/her mission within the parameters of their scope of work.

The She Supervisor(s): Doel A. Miranda, Project Manager.

The HSO is Miguel A. Maldonado - START

200354

Aternates are:

0 Doel A. Miranda - START o Hector M. Santana - START

10.3 Emergency Recognhion/Prevention

Table 3.1 provides a listing of chemical and physical hazards onshe. Additional hazards as a direct resuh of she activhies are listed in Table 10.1 as are prevention and control techniques/mechanisms.

Personnel will be familiar with techniques of hazard recognition from pre-assignment training and site specific briefings. The HSO is responsible for ensuring that prevention devices or equipment is available to personnel.

10.4 Evacuation Routes/Procedures

In the event of an emergency which necessitates an evacuation of the site, the following alarm procedures wih be implemented:

Evacuation alarm notification should be made using three short blasts on the air horn, supplemented using the hand held radios. All personnel should evacuate upwind of any activhies. Insure that a predetermined location is identified off-site in case of an emergency, so that all personnel can be accounted for.

Personnel will be expected to proceed to the closest exit with your buddy, and mobilize to the safe distance area associated with the evacuation route. Personnel will remain at that area until the re-entry alarm is sounded or an authorized individual provides further instructions.

TABLE 10.1 EMERGENCY RECOGNITION/CONTROL MEASURES

HAZARD

Fire/Explosion

Spill

Air Release

PREVENTION/CONTROL

Fire Extinguisher Alarm System Fire Inspections

Berms/Dikes Sorbent Materials Foams

Water Spray Foam Alarm System Evacuation Routes

LOCATK

TBD TBD TBD

TBD TBD TBD

TBD TBD TBD TBD

-37-

2 0 0 3 5 5

Figure 10.1 provides a map depicting evacuation routes for the site and immediate area. Aso indicated are muster areas and safe distances in the event of a major incident.

10.5 Emergency Contact/Notification System

The following list provides names and telephone numbers for emergency contact personnel. In the event of a medical emergency, personnel will take direction from the HSO and notify the appropriate emergency organization. In the event of a fire or spill, the she supervisor will notify the appropriate local, state, and federal agencies.

Organization

Ambulance:

Police:

Fire:

Municipal Police

Hosphal LWilmaN. Vazquez

Hosphal 2:Hospital .Industrial Centro Medico

Regional Poison Control Center

Poison Control Center

Puerto Rico Civil Defense

Regional EPA:

EPA Emergency Response Team

State Authority: PREQB

Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry

U.S. Coast Guard

• National Response Center

Center for Disease Control

Chemtrec

Telephone

911

911 (787)343-2020

911 (787)343-2330

(787) 858-2020

(787)858-1580

(787)754-8500

(787) 726-5674

1-800-POISON-l

(787) 724-0124

(787)729-6951

(908)-321-6660

(787)767-8181

(404) 639-0615 (24 hrs)

(787) 729-6770

(800)-424-8802

(404)-488-4100

(800)-424-9555

58-

200356

10.6 Emergency Medical Treatment Procedures

Any person who becomes ill or injured in the exclusion zone must be decontaminated to the maximum extent possible. If the injury or illness is minor, full decontamination should be completed and first aid administered prior to transport. If the patient's condition is serious, at least partial decontamination should be completed (i.e., complete disrobing ofthe victim and redressing in clean coveralls or wrapping in a blanket.) First aid should be administered while awaiting an ambulance or paramedics. All injuries and illnesses must immediately be reported to the project manager.

Any person being transported to a clinic or hospital for treatment should take with them information on the chemical(s) they have been exposed to at the she. This information is included in Table 3.1.

Any vehicle used to transport contaminated personnel will be treated and cleaned as necessary.

10.6.1 Directions to Hospital

From the Site take Trio Vegabajeno Avenue to , turn right to the intersection with Road PR #2 in front ofthe Mall between ESSO Gas Station and GULF Gas Station. Turn left on Road PR #2 to the km . Whma N. Vazquez Hospital is on the left hand side on Road PR #2.

10.7 Fire or Explosion

In the event of a fire or explosion, the local fire department should be summoned immediately. Upon their arrival, the project manager or designated alternate will advise the fire commander ofthe location, nature, and identification ofthe hazardous materials on site.

If h is safe to do so, site personnel may:

Use fire fighting equipment available on site to control or extinguish the fire; and.

Remove or isolate flammable or other hazardous materials which may contribute to the fire.

10.8 Spill or Leaks

In the event of a spill or a leak, site personnel will:

Inform their supervisor immediately;

Locate the source ofthe spillage and stop the flow if it can be done safely; and.

Begin containment and recovery ofthe spilled materials.

-39- 200357

10.9 Emergency Equipment/Facilities

Figure 10.2 provides a map ofthe she and identifies the location ofthe following emergency equipment:

First aid kit Mobile telephone Eye wash Two-way radio

-40-2 0 0 3 5 8

11.0 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROCEDURES

A confined space provides the potential for unusually high concentrations of contaminants, explosive atmospheres, limited visibility, and restricted movement. This section will establish requirements for safe entry into, continued work in, and safe exit from confined spaces. Addhional information regarding confined space entry can be found in 29 CFR 1926.21, 29 CFR 1910 and NIOSH 80-106.

11.1 Defmhions

Confined Space: A space or work area not designed or intended for normal human occupancy, having limited means of egress and poor natural Ventilation; and/or any structure, including buildings or rooms, which have limhed means of egress.

Confined Space Entry Permh (CSEP): A document to be initiated by the supervisor of personnel who are to enter into or work in a confined space. The Confined Space Entry Permh (CSEP) will be completed by the personnel involved in the entry and approved by the HSO before personnel will be permitted to enter the confined space. The CSEP shall be valid only for the performance ofthe work identified and for the location and time specified. The beginning of a new shift with change of personnel will require the issuance of a new CSEP.

Confined Space Observer: An individual assigned to monhor the activities of personnel working whhin a confined space. The confined space observer monitors and provides external assistance to those inside the confined space. The confined space observer summons rescue personnel in the event of emergency and assists the rescue team.

11.2 General Provisions

When possible, confined spaces should be identified with a posted sign which reads: Caution -Confined Space.

Only personnel trained and knowledgeable ofthe requirements of these Confined Space Entry Procedures will be authorized to enter a confined space or be a confined space observer.

A Confined Space Entry Permit (CSEP) must be issued prior to the performance of any work within a confined space. The CSEP will become a part ofthe permanent and official record ofthe site.

Natural ventilation shall be provided for the confined space prior to initial entry and for the duration ofthe CSEP. Positive/forced mechanical ventilation maybe required. However, care should be taken to not-spread contamination outside ofthe enclosed area.

If flammable liquids may be contained within the confined space, explosion proof equipment will be used. All equipment shall be poshively grounded.

The contents of any confined space shall, where necessary, be removed prior to entry. All sources of ignition must be removed prior to entry.

- 41 -200359

Hand tools used in confined spaces shall be in good repair explosion proof and spark proof, and selected according to intended use. Where possible, pneumatic power tools are to be used.

Hand-held lights and other illumination utilized in confined spaces shall be equipped whh guards to prevent contact with the bulb and must be explosion proof

• Compressed gas cylinders, except cylinders used for self-contained breathing apparatus, shall not be taken into confined spaces. Gas hoses shall be removed from the space and the supply turned off at the cylinder valve when personnel exit from the confined space.

If a confined space requires respiratory equipment or where rescue may be difficult, safety behs, body harnesses, and lifelines will be used. The outside observer shah be provided with the same equipment as those working within the confined space.

A ladder is required in all confined spaces deeper than the employee's shoulders. The ladder shall be secured and not removed until all employees have exited the space.

Only self-contained breathing apparatus or NIOSH approved airline respirators equipped with a 5-minute emergency air supply (egress bottle) shall be used in untested confined spaces or in any confined space whh conditions determined immediately dangerous to life and health.

• Where air-moving equipment is used to provide ventilation, chemicals shall be removed from the vicinity to prevent introduction into the confined space.

Vehicles shall not be left running near confined space work or near air-moving equipment being used for confined space ventilation.

Smoking in confined spaces will be prohibited at all times.

Any deviation from these Confined Space Entry Procedures requires the prior permission of the On-Scene Coordinator.

11.3 Procedure for Confined Space Entry

The HSO and Entry Team shall:

Evaluate the job to be done and identify the potential hazards before a job in a confined space is scheduled.

Ensure that all process piping, mechanical and electrical equipment, etc., have been disconnected, purged, blanked-off or locked and tagged as necessary.

If possible, ensure removal of any standing fluids that may produce toxic or air displacing gases, vapors, or dust.

Initiate a Confined Space Entry Permit (CSEP) in concurrence with the project manager or designated alternative.

. 4 9 . 200360

Ensure that any hot work (welding, burning, open flames, or spark producing operation) that is to be performed in the confined space has been approved by the project manager and is indicated on the CSEP.

Ensure that the space is ventilated before starting work in the confined space and for the durafion of the time that the work is to be performed in the space.

Ensure that the personnel who enter the confined space and the confined space observer helper are familiar with the contents and requirements ofthis instruction.

Ensure remote atmospheric testing ofthe confined space prior to employee entry and before validation/revalidation of a CSEP to ensure the following:

1. Oxygen content between 19.5%-23.0%. 2. No concentration of combustible gas.in the space. Sampling will be done throughout

the confined space and specifically at the lowest point in the space. 3. The absence of other atmospheric contaminants space has contained toxic, corrosive,

or irritant material. 4. If remote testing is not possible. Level B PPE is required as referenced in III 13.

Designate whether hot or cold work will be allowed. If all tests in a. through c. in IV 8 are satisfactory, complete the CSEP listing any safety precautions, protective equipment, or other requirements.

Ensure that a copy ofthe CSEP is posted at the work site a copy is filed with the project supervisor, and a copy is furnished to the project manager.

The CSEP shall be considered void if work in the confined space does not start within one hour after the tests in IV 8 are performed or if significant changes within the confined space atmosphere or job scope occurs.

The CSEP posted at the work site shall be removed at the completion of the job or the end ofthe shift, whichever is first.

11.4 Confined Space Observer

While personnel are inside the confined space, a confined space observer will monitor the activities and provide external assistance to those in the space. The observer will have no other duties which may take his attention away from the work or require him to leave the vicinity ofthe confined space at any time while personnel are in the space.

The confined space observer shall maintain at least voice contact with all personnel in the confined space. Visual contact is preferred, if possible.

The observer shall be instructed by his supervisor in the method for contacting rescue personnel in the event of an emergency.

If irregularities within the space are detected by the observer, personnel within the space will be ordered to exit.

200361

In the event of an emergency, the observer must NEVER enter the confined space prior to contacting and receiving assistance from a helper. Prior to this time, he should attempt to remove personnel with the lifeline and to perform all other rescue functions from outside the space.

A helper shall be designated to provide assistance to the confined space observer in case the observer must enter the confined space to retrieve personnel.

200362 -44-

12.0 SPILL CONTAINMENT PROGRAM

The procedures defined in this section comprise the spill containment program in place for activities at the Site.

All drums and containers used during the clean-up shall meet the appropriate DOT, OSHA, and EPA regulators for the waste that they will contain.

Drums and containers shall be inspected and their integrity assured prior to being moved. Drums or containers that cannot be inspected before being moved because of storage condhions, shall be poshioned in an accessible location and inspected prior to fiirther handling.

• Operations on-she will be organized so as to minimize the amount of drum or container movement.

Employees involved in the drum or container operations shall be warned of the hazards associated with the containers.

Where spills, leaks, or ruptures may occur, adequate quantities of spiU containment equipment (absorbent, pillows, etc.) will be stationed in the immediate area. The spill containment program must be sufficient to contain and isolate the entire volume of hazardous substances being transferred.

Drums or containers that cannot be moved without failure, shall be emptied into a sound container.

Fire extinguishing equipment meeting 29 CFR Part 1910. Subpart 1 shall be on hand and ready for use to control fires.

200363 -45-

I I I I I I

13.0 HAZARD COMMUNICATION

In order to comply whh 29 CFR 1910.1200, Hazard Communication, the following written Hazard Communication Program has been established. All employees will be briefed on this program, and have a written copy for review.

A. CONTAINER LABELING

All containers received on site will be inspected to ensure the following:

(1) all containers will be clearly labeled as to the contents.

(2) the appropriate hazard warnings will be noted.

(3) the name and address ofthe manufacturer will be listed.

All secondary containers will be labeled with either an extra copy ofthe original manufacturer's label or whh generic labels which have a block for identify and blocks for the hazard warning.

B. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDSs)

Copies of MSDSs for all hazardous chemicals known or suspected on site will be maintained in the work area. MSDSs will be available to all employees for review during each work shift.

C. EMPLOYEE TRAINING AND INFORMATION

Prior to starting work, each employee will attend a health and safety orientation and will receive information and training on the following:

(1) an overview ofthe requirements contained in the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200

(2) chemicals present in their workplace operations

(3) location and availability of a written hazard program

(4) physical and health effects ofthe hazardous chemicals;

(5) methods and observation techniques used to determine the presence or release of hazardous chemicals

(6) how to lessen or prevent exposure to these hazardous chemicals through usage of control/work practices and personal protective equipment;

(7) emergency procedures to follow if they are exposed to these chemicals

(8) how to read labels and review MSDSs to obtain appropriate hazard information

(9) location of MSDS file and location of hazardous chemical list.

. , 200364 -4o-

APPENDIXES

2 0 0 3 6 5

APPENDIX A HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN CERTIFICATION

200366

HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN CERTIFICATION

By signing this document, I am stating that I have read and understood the site health and safety plan for personnel and visitors entering the Vega Baja Solid Waste Site.

REPRESENTING | NAME (PRINT) | SIGNATURE DATE

200367

APPENDIX B

WRS HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM

200368

To be completed by WRS.

2 0 0 3 6 9

APPENDIX C TYPICAL JOB-SITE HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL INVENTORY LIST

200370

TYPICAL JOB-SITE HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL INVENTORY LIST

Available On-Site

• s

Chemicals

Acetone

Acetylene

Activated Charcoal Powder

Alum (Auminum Sulfate)

Anti-fog Bausch & Lomb

Argon/Methan(95%/5%)

Brake Fluid

Calcium Hydroxide (Hydrated Lime)

Calibration Check Gas

Carbon

Caustic Soda (Sodium Hydroxide)

Citrikleen

Coal Fly Ash

Compressed Air

Diatomaceous Earth

Diesel Fuel

Dry Ice (Solid Carbon Dioxide)

Ethylene Glycol

Ferric Chloride

Freon

Gear Grease - Delta

Helium

Hexane

Hydraulic Fluid

Hydrochloric Acid

Hydrogen

200371

•

Isobutylene

Kiln dust

Methanol

Nitrogen

Nitrous Oxide

Oxygen

Penetone

Pentane

Polymers (Flocculants)

Premium Unleaded Gasoline

PVC Solvent Cleaner

PVC Cement

Regular Leaded Gasoline

Starting Fluid

Stoddard Solvent

Sulfuric Acid

lOW-40 Motor Oil-SheU

Tube Grease - Kendall

TU-Type 555 Thread Sealing Compound

2-Cycle Oil-Wolfs Head

200372

APPENDIX D MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS

200373

Genium Publishing Corporation 1145 Catalyn Street

Schenectady, NY 12303-1836 USA (518)377-8854

Material Safety Data Sheets Collection:

Sheet No. 70 Antimony Metal/Powder

Issued: 9/80 Revis ion: A, 11/89

Section i r Material Identification Antimony Metal/Povrder Description: A naturally cx;curring ore found in sulfides, oxides, complex lead, silver, copper, and mercury sulfides. Prepared in the laboratory by reducing SbjO^ with KCN. Used in manufacturing bullets, bearing metal, hard lead, blackening iron, coating metab, white metal, thermoelectric piles, storage batteries, cable sheaths, type metal, and alloys (Britannia or Babbitt metal). Pure antimony compounds arc used as catalysts in organic synthesis, abrasives, plasticizcrs, pigment, and flamcproofing compounds; also used in manufacturing paints, enamels, matches, glass, pharmaceuticals, explosives, and tartar emetic. Other Designations: Stibium; antimony rcgulus; Sb; CAS No. 7440-36-0. Manufacturer: Contact your supplier or distributor. Consult the latest Chcmicalweek Buyers' Guide (Genium rcf. 73) for a suppUers List.

R 1 S K

Section2.: Ingredients: and Occupational Exposure Limits • Antimony, ca 99%

OSHA PEL 8-hr TWA: 0.5 mg/m' (as Sb)

ACGIH TLV, 1989-90 TLV-TWA: 0.5 mg/m' (as Sb)

NIOSH REL, 1987» 10-hr TWA: 0.5 mg/m'

Toxicity Datat Rat, intraperitoneal. LDj„: 100 mg/kg

mg/kg.

• NIOSH has proposed a 10-hr TWA of 0.5 mg/m" wilh an aaion level at 0.25 mg/m'. The TLV was established at a level to prevent irrilalion and systemic effects, t See NIOSH, RTECS (CC40250O0), for additional dau with references to toxic effects.

Section3^ iPhysical'Data Specinc Gravity (HjO = 1 at 39 ' F (4 'C)): 6.68 at 77 "F (25 'C) Water SolublUty. Insoluble Mohs Harduess: 3.0 to 3.5

Boiling Point: 2975 T (1635 'C) Melting Point: 1166.9 T (630.5 'C) Vapor Pressure: 1 mm Hg at 1627 "F (886 'C) Molecular Weight: 121.76 g/mol

Appearance and Odor:'A brittle, flaky, crystalline solid with a lustrous blue-white color; however, a noncrystalline form is also known. The powder form is dark gray, lustrous.

Section 4. Fire and Ejqjlpsipn Data Flash Point: None reported Autolgnltion Temperature: Cloud,* 788 *F (420 "C); dust

layer,* 626 'F (330 "C) LEL: Dust cloud explosion,

0.42 oz/ft' UEL: None reported

Extinguishing Media: Dry chemical powder. Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Antimony bulk metal is combustible in air at high lemperalure. When ignited it bums with a briUiant flame, giving off dense, white antimony trioxide (Sb^Oj) fumes. When exposed to heat or ignition sources, powdered antimony is a moderate fire cmd explosion hazard. Particle size and dispersion in air determine reactivity. Special Flre-Hghting Procedures: Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) wilh a fuU facepiece operated in the pressure-demand or positive-pressure m'xie. Personal protective clothing and eye protection are essential.

* Ninety-one percent of dust goes through a 74-pm sieve. A 1.92-J spark can ignite an antimony dust cloud.

Section 5. Keactivify Data Stability/Polymerization: Antimony metal (bulk) is stable in dry air at room temperature in closed containers. It slowly tarnishes in moist air. Hazardous polymerization cannot occur. Chemical Incompatibilities: Atitimony is not very reactive with cold, dilute acids, but it reacts readily with aqua rcgia and hot, concentrated sulfuric acid. Powdered antimony* also reacts with hot, concentrated hydrochloric acid (HCl). On contact with acid, it emits toxic antimony trihydride (SbHj) fumes; electrolysis of acid sulfides and stirred antimony halide yields explosive antimony. Antimony can react vigorously or violently with oxidizing agents such as nitrate salts, halogens, nitric acid, perchloric acids, chlorine trifluoride (ClFj), potassium permanganate (KMDO^), ammonium nitrate (NH^NO,), bromine trinitride (BrN^, bromine trifluoride (BrF,), chlorine monoxide (CIO), chlorine trifluoride (ClFj), potassium nitrate (KNOj), sodium nitrate (NaNOj), and potassium oxide (K^Oj). Conditions to Avoid: Nascent hydrogen can react with Sb, or its alloys with Mg or Zn^ to form antimony trihydride, a colorless, highly toxic gas (causing headache, nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, hemolysis (separation of hemoglobin from red blood corpuscles), hematuria (blood in the urine), and death) with a disagreeable odor (0.1-ppm TLV). • • Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thermal oxidative decomposition of antimony can produce toxic SbH, fumes. ' Powdered antimony reaas more vigorously than the bulk material and forms dangerous mixtures with oxidizing agents. Heating further increases its reactivity. Ccpyiiibl C1989 Oemum Publisbiiig Corpor«ti(m. Any commeicUl uae or rcproductioo without the poblixher** pcimusioa u.pnjiibited. 200374

No. 70 Antimony Metal/Powder 11/89

Section 6. Health Hazard Data Carcinogenicity: Neither the NTP, lARC, nor OSHA lists antimony as a carcinogen. However, its ore is a suspected carcinogen in antimony trioxide production. Antimony trioxide is prepared in the laboratory by a volatilization process involving antimony trichloride (SbCy and water. Summary of Risks: An irritant to mucous membranes, eyes, and skin. Exposures to dusUpowdcr can cause eye inflammation (conjunctivitis), nasal irritation (rhinitis - perforation of the nasal septum), chronic dermatitis ranging from mild rashes to blemishes rescmbhng chicken pox, and muscle pain and weakness. Some sources refer to anttmony as a human poison by an unspecified route. Exposure to antimony may result in "metal fume fever," a flu-Uke syndrome with fever, fatigurc, cough, and muscle ache. Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: Chronic inhalation of subtoxic doses of dust or fume above the TLV may result in chemical pneumonia, intraalvcolar Upid deposits, liver and cardiac involvement, and possible kidney disease. Target Organs: Skin, eyes, mucous membranes, respiratory system, and cardiovascular system. Primary Entry: Inhalation (dust and fume), ingestion. Acute Effects: Acute ingestion may cause violent vomiting, diarrhea, slow pulse and low. blood pressure, shallow breathing, and death. Chronic Effects: Chronic exposures lead to dizziness, dry throat, sleeplessness, anorexia, and nausea. FIRST AID Eyes: Flush immediately, including under the eyelids, gently but thoroughly wilh flooding amounts of running water for at least 15 min. Skin: After rinsing affected area with flooding amounts of water, wash it with soap and water. Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed. Ingestion: Contact physician! Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. Give 1 to 2 glasses of \>, ater to dilute, although vomiting may be spontaneous after ingestion. After first aid, get appropriate In-plant, paramedic, or community medical attention and support. Physician's Note: If indicated, intravenous gastric lavage chelation therapy wilh BAL (British Anti-Lcwsite) for 10 days is recommended.

Spill/Leak: Notify safety personnel of powder spills. Small spills can be removed by vacuuming or wet sweeping to minimize aLrbome dust. Cleanup persbiinel should use protective equipment. Disposal: Retum scrap metal to your supplier. Unsalvageable waste may be buried in an approved secure landfUl. Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations. OSHA Designations Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z-1) EPA Designations RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): Not listed Listed as a CERCLA Hazardous SubsUnce* (40 CFR 302.4), Reporublc Quantity (RQ): 5000 lb (2270 kg) [* per Clean Water Act, Sec. 307(a)] SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not listed Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)

Section 8|; Special Protection Data Goggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye- and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133). Respirator: Wear a NlOSH-approved respirator if necessary. Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134). RespiraUsrs should be available for nonroutine or emergency use for concentrations above the TLV: high-efficiency dust respirators for concentrations below 5 mg/m' and self-contained or air-supplied respirators with full facepiece for concentrations above 5 mg/m'. Warning: Air-piuifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres. Other: Wear impervious gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets to prevent prolonged or repeated skin contact. Ventilation: Provide general and local explosion-proof ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below the OSHA PEL standard (Sec. 2). Local exhaust ventilation is preferred since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by eliminating it at its source (Genium ref. 103). Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safcty/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities. Contaminated Equipment: Never wear contact lenses in the work area: soft lenses may absorb, and all lenses concentrate, irritants. Launder contaminated clothing before wearing. Remove this material from your shoes and equipment. Comments: Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking, smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics.

Section 9 ; Special Precautions ari Storage Requirements: Store 'm a dry, well-ventilated, low fire-risk area. Avoid heat and direct sunlight. Engineering Controls: Avoid breathing dust or fumes. Practice good housekeeping and cleaning techniques to prevent dust accumulation and to minimize airbome particulates. Minimize skin contact by using barrier creams, rubber gloves and aprons, and good personal hygiene. Keep antimony dust off clothing. Provide preplacement and periodic medical examinations for those workers exposed regularly to antimony, with emphasis on the skin, mucous membranes, and the pulmonary, cardiac, and reproductive systems. Provide suitable training to those working with antimony. Monitor the workplace. Keep records.

Transportation Data (49 CFR 172.102) IMG Shipping Name: Antimony compounds, inorganic, n.o.s. IMO Hazard Class: 6.1 IMO Label: Poison/SL Andrews Cross (Stow away from foodstuffs) IMDG Packaging Group: I, II, III

MSDS Collection References: 1, 2-12, 24, 26, 27. 31, 37, 38, 41, 81, 84, 87, 89, 90, 91, 100. 109 Prepared by: MJ Allison, BS; Industr ia l Hygiene Review: DJ Wilson, CIH; Medical Review: MJ Hardies, MD

in

n o o OJ

CcpynghlC 1989 by OmiumPubltihing Corporation. Any commcrcU] uac or reproduction without the publiibcr'spcmniiioQ is prohibited. Judgnacnla t3 loU^ lulubaity of infoniutioa herein for the purcbiicr's purposta •rr necetssrily the furtbucr'j rejpomibOity. Althoughreuontble c«re h«i been UJCen in the prepuitioa ofiuch infocm«tioa. Ocnium Publtahinj Cocpootiocextends no wunntics. mikei no icpccscnuciom. and tssumcs no rcapooilbility u to the iccuncy or luilability of luch InfoTOritioo for ipplinitioo to the purchMcr'l intended purpoie cr for comequencei of iu UM.

• f Ay O CAS:7440-38-2 HR: 3 ' ARSE.MC "^-^

DOT; UN 1558 •'. As aw: 74.92

PROP; Silvery lo black, brittle, crys;alline and amor-r>.ous mcialloid. Mp: S14'' @- 36 aim, bp: sublimes @

612°, d: black crystals 5.724 @ 14°; black amorphous 4.7, vap press: 1 mm @ 372° (sublimes). Insol in water; solinHNOj.

S Y N S : ARSEN (GERMAN. POLISH) O ARSEN'IC. metallic (DOT) O AR-SENICALS O ARSENlC-75 O ARSENJC BLACK O COLLOIDAL ARSENIC O GREY ARSENIC O METALLIC ARSENIC

TOXICITY DATA with R E F E R E N C E c>i-mus-ipr 4 mg/kg/48H-l EXPEA.M 37.129.s1 orl-ratTDLo:6G5fjg/kg(35 W p r e g ) : R E P GISAAA

(S)3o.n orl-rat TDLo:580 ng/kg (female 30\V pre):TER

FATOAO 41.620.78

o r l - m a n T D L o : 7 6 m g / k g / 1 2 Y - I : C A R RMCHASV 99.6W.71 imp-rbt TDLo:75 mg/kg :ETA ZEKBAI 52.425.1: orl-man TDLo:7857 mg/kg /55Y:SKN CMAJAX 120.168.79 or l -manTDLo:7857 m g / k g / 5 5 Y : G I T CMAJAX 120.15s.79

; orl-rat LD50:763 mg/kg GTPZAB 3i(i2).53.67 orl-mus LD50:145 mg/kg GTPZAB 31(12).53.B7

;. ipr-mus LD50:462CX)/ig/kg GTPZAB 3i(i2).J3.87 H scu-rbt LDLo:300 mg/kg ASBIAL 24.442.3s

ipr-gpg LDLo; 10 mg/kg CRSBAW 8i,i64.i8 scu-gpgLDLo:300 mg /kg ASBIAL 24,442.38

CONSENSUS R E P O R T S : N T P Fifth Annual Report on Carcinogens. lARC Cancer Review: G r o u p 1 I M E M D T

5 7,100,87; Human Sufficient Evidence I M E M D T I , 23,39,80; Human Inadequate Evidence I M E M D T

2,48,73. Reported in EPA TSCA Inventory. Arsenic and its compounds are on the Communi ty Righi-To-Know

li List. i '

OSHA P E L : T W A 0.01 mg(As) /m ' ; Cancer Hazard ,. •• ACGIH TLV: T W A 0.2 m g ( A s ) / m ^ / : ' DFG TRK: 0.2 mg/m 'ca l cu la t ed as arsenic in that por-' . tion of dust that can possibly be inhaled.

NIOSH REL: CL 2 Mg(As)/m' j; • DOT Classification: Poison B; Label: Poison . H .

SAFETY PROFILE: Confirmed human carcinogen producing liver tumors. Poison by subcutaneous, intramus-

I cular, and intraperitoneal routes. Human systemic skin * ; and gastrointestinal effects by ingestion. An experimen

tal teratogen. Other experimental reproductive effects. I • Mutation data reported. Flammable in the form of dust I when exposeci to heat or flame or by chemical reaction

with powerful oxidizers such as bromates, chlorates, io-|. dates, peroxides, lithium, NCI3, KNO3, KMnO^, RbiCj, I AgNO,, NOCl, IF5, CrOj. CIFj, CIO. BrFj, BrF,, BrN,, ' RbCjBCH, CsCjBCH. Slightly explosive in the form of

dust when exposed to flame. When heated or on contact | | with acid or acid fumes, it emits highly toxic fumes; can | | ; react vigorously on contact with oxidizing materials. In

compatible with bromine azide, dirubidium aceiylide, ll ; halogens, palladium, zinc, platinum, NCI3, AgNO,, jl ' CrOj, NajOj, hexafluoroisopropylideneamino lithium.

2 0 0 3 7 6

http://37.129.s1

http://99.6W.71

200377

G e n i u m Publ i sh ing Corpora t ion One Genium Plaza

Schenectady, NY 12304^690 USA (518)377-8854


Sheet No. 23 Cadmiurn Metal/Powder Issued: 9/77 Revision: D, 5/93

Section 1. Mater ia l Identification 41 Cadmium Meta l /Powder (Cd) Description: Occurs naiurally in the mineral Erccnockitc (cadmium sulfide). This form is rare and most cadmium is obtained by extraction from other ores containing il as a mineral Oead, copper, and zinc). Zinc sulfide ores arc the main source; by direct distillation or recovery from the electrolytic process. Used in electroplating other metals, fire protection systems, nickel-cadmium storage batteries, power transmission wire. TV phosphors, pigments for ceramic glazes, machinery enamels, baking enamels, photography and lithography, selenium rectifiers, electrodes for cadmium-vapor lamps, and photoelectric cells; £is a fungicide and a Weston standard cell control of atomic fission in nuclear reactors. Other Designations: CAS No. 7440-43-9, colloidal cadmium. Manufacturer : Contact your supplier/distributor. Consult latest Chemical Week Buyers' Guide^^ for suppliers list.

Cautions: Cadmium is a highly toxic metal. Symptoms may be delayed several hours and include pulmonary edema (fluid in lungs) which can be fatal. Chronic effects include kidney damage. Cd is considered a carcinogen by several goverruncnt agencies. The powder is pyrophoric and presents a significEmt fire/explosion hazard.

Po->vder

Genium

HMIS H 3* F 0 R 0

•Chrcnic cffccu PPE-Scc. 8

Section 2. Ingredients and Occupational Exfwsure Limits Cadmium, ca 100%

1992 OSHA P E L 8 - h r T W A : 5 n g / m '

1992 OSHA S E C A L * TWA: 1 5 o r 5 0 t i g / m '

1990 IDLH Level 50 mg/m'

1993-94 ACGIH TLVs TWA: 0.01 mg/m' (total dust). Class A2 carcinogen

TWA: 0.002 mg/m' (resplrable fraction)

1991 DFG (Germany) M A K None esublishcd

1992 NIOSH REL Carcinogen, keep as low as possible

1992 Toxicity D a t a t Human, inhalation, LC,^: 39 mg/m'/20 min caused

cardiac changes, thrombosis, and respiratory depression. Rat, oral, LDj^: 225 mg/kg; details not reporied. Woman, inhaJation, LC,^: 129 P-g/m' for 20 continuous

years produced limg tumors. Man, TCL; , : 88' | lg/m'/8.6 years caused kidney and ureter

toxicity with protein in the urine.

• Separate en^eering control limit: to be achieved in processes and work places where it is not possible to achieve the PEL through engineering and work practices alone. The SEGAL for Cd is 15 or 50 ng/m' depending on the processes involved. See Federal Register 57 (178): 42222, Table Vni-Bl, 9/14/92. tSee NIOSH, RTECS (EU98OO00O), for additional muution, reproductive, tumorigenic, and toxicity data.

Section 3. Physical Data Boiling Point: 1409 "F (765 'C) Melting Point: 610 ' F (321 "C) Vapor Pressure: 0.095 mm Hg at 609.6 'F (320.9 'C) Refraction Index: 1.13 Mohs Hardness : 2.0 Molecular Weight: 112.4

Appearance and Odor : Silver-white, blue-tinged, lustrous, odorless, soft metal that is easily cut with a knife. Tlie powder is grayish-white.

Density: 8;642 Wate r Solubility: Insoluble Other Solubilities: Soluble in nitric (rapidly), hydrochloric (slowly), and

other acids. The solid is soluble in ammonium nitrate solution, but the powdered form undergoes an explosive reaction.

Section 4.- Fire and Explosion Data Flash Point: None reported Autolgnltion Tempera tu re : None reported | L E L : None reported UEL: None reported

Extinguishing Media : The solid metal is not flammable, but the finely divided powder is pyrophoric. As a rule, the more finely divided the powder is, the greater the potential for explosion. Use carbon dioxide, dry chemical, or sand. Unusual Fire o r Explosion Haza rds : Processes thai create cadmium dust such as cutting, grinding, or welding present a serious explosion hazard in presence of ignition sources. Avoid creation of cadmium dust clouds. Special Flre-flghtlng Procedures: Because fire may produce toxic thermal decomposition products, wear a self-contained breathing app-.ratus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in jjressure-demand or positive-pressure mode. Do not release runoff from fire control methods to sewers or waterways; dike for proper disposal.

Section 5| |Reactivity Data Stability/Polymerization: Cadmium easily tarnishes in moist air as it is oxidized to cadmium oxide. The solid is stable in dry air. The powder is pyrophoric. Cd becomes brittle at 176 'F (80 "C). Hazardous polymerization cannot occur. Chemical Inconipatlbllltles: Include ammonium nitrate (powdered Cd), hydrazoic acid, tellurium, zinc, ammonia, sulfur, selenium, nitryl fluoride, and oxidizing agents. Conditions to Avoid: Creation of Cd dust clouds, exposure to heat and ignition sources, and contact with incompatibles. Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thermal oxidative decomposition of Cd can produce toxic cadmium oxide (CdO) fumes.

Section 6^Health Hazard Data Carcinogenicity: The following agencies list Cd as a carcinogen: lARC Class 2A (probably carcinogenic in humans), ' '*' ' NTP Q a s s 2 (reasonablj anticipated to be a carcinogen),^'*'' and NIOSH Qass X (carcinogen defined without further categorization),^'*'' ACGIH TLV-A2 (suspected hum. carcinogen),''*'' EPA-Bl (Probable human carcinogen) and DFG MAK-A2 (unmistakably carcinogenic in animal experimentation only). ' '* ' ' Summary of Risks: Dust or fume inhalation generally results in acute symptoms delayed up to 24 hr. Effects include a flu-like syndrome similar 1 metal fume fever with chills, fever, and muscle pain in the back and limbs. Pulmonary edema (fluid in lungs) can develop after severe exposure ani may result in death. If victim recovers, residual changes may include lung fibrosis (thickening) and vascular changes. Long-term exposure to Cd damages the liver and kidneys (accumulates, half-life = 7 to 30 yr). Proteinuria (protein in urine) of low molecular weight is the first sign of tubula dysfunction. Excess .urinary glucose is also seen. Bone demineralizalion similar to osteoporosis (decreased bone density)...

Continue on next pai

. 23 Cadmium Mcial/Powdcr 5/93 ction 6. Health Hazard Data, continued jurs not as a direct effect of Cd exposure, but indirectly by altering kidney regulation of calcium and phosphorus which are needed for strong, Llthy bones. Some studies show a correlation between anemia (low hemoglobin in blood) and high Cd levels. Selenium (Se) and zinc (Zn) appear suppress Cd toxicity; Se binds up Cd, preventing ll from entering body tissue and Zn may compete for the same metabolic site. Medical Condl-ns Aggravated by Long-Term Exposure: Kidney, blood, or rcspirausry disorders. Target Organs: Blood, kidney, liver, rcspirausry system. ; mary Entry Routes: Inhalation, ingestion. Acute Effects: Inhalation may cause irritation of the eyes, nose, and throat, nausea and vomiting, (lominal cohc, diarrhea, chest tightness, cough, headache, and weakness. Pulmonary edema could develop up to 24 hr post exposure. Kidney mage may occur after acute exposures, but is more likely with chronic exposure. Chronic Effects: Symptoms may be delayed several years after 51 exposure and include perforation ofthe nasal septum (tissue between the nostrils), loss of smell, chronic bronchitis, severe progressive cmphy-'na, anorexia, insomnia, fatigue, pallor, anemia, kidney damage, bone demineralization, lung fibrosis and possible cancer ofthe respiratory tract. i^ST AID

yes: Do not allow victim to rub or keep eyes lightly shui. Gently lift eyelids and Hush immediately and continuously with flooding amounts of aicr until transported lo an emergency medical facility. Consult a physician immediately. 'In: Quickly remove contaminated clothing. Wash exposed area with soap and water. •'lalatlon: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed.

igestlon: Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person. Contact a poison control center. Unless otherwise advised, have lal conscious and alert person drink 1 lo 2 glasses of water lo dilute. Do not induce vomiting because of cadmium's irritating nature, i te to Physicians: B-2 microglobulin excretion of > 200 |tg/g creatinine indicates kidney dysfunction as does a renal cortex [Cd] of 180 to 220 Vg of wet kidney cortex. Blood Cd levels are not indicative of exposure.

lection 7. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures 'ill/Leak: Notify safety personnel, isolate and ventilate area, deny entry, and stay upwind. Shut off ignition sources. Cleanup personnel should 'itcct against inhalation. Carefully scoop up small spills and place in scaled impermeable containers. Do not disperse dust by sweeping,

-cmcmbcr that Cd powder can be pyTOphoric and must be handled carefully. Prevent entry into sewers, drains, and waterways. Follow applicable DSHArcgulations (29 CFR 1910.120).

hposal: Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, state, and local regulations. i'A Designations

.&tcd as a RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.24): D006, Characteristic of Toxicity; regulatory level = 1.0 mg/L listed as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance* (40 CFR 302.4): Final Reportable Quantity (RQ), 10 lb (4.54 kg)t [* per CWA, Sec. 307(a)] '•{JIA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355), TPQ: Not listed j : i cd as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65)

uSHA Designations Listed as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1027)

V'^orrpomngof rcl&ascs ofthis substance is required if the diameter of the pieces ofthe solid mcul is equal to or exceeds 100 \im (0.004 in.)

.iiction 8. Special Protection Data Goggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye- and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133). Because i jitactlens use in industry is controversial, establish your own policy. Respirator: Seek professional advice prior to respiraUDr selection and use. ; ;llow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134) and, if necessary, wear a MSHA/NlOSH-approvcd respirator. For any detectable concen-ualion, use a SCBA or supplied air respirator (wilh auxiliary SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode. For emergency or nonroutine operations (cleaning spills, reactor vessels, or sUirage tanks), wear an SCBA. Warning! Air-purifying respira-I :-s do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres. If respirators arc used, OSHA requires a written respiratory protection program that \ ;;ludes at least: medical certification, training, fit-testing, periodic environmental monitoring, maintenance, inspection, cleaning, and convenient, \an\\2jy storage areas. Other; Wear gloves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets to prevent Cd dust from contacting skin. Ventilation: Provide general and local exhaust ventilation systems lo maintain airbome concentrations below the OSHA PEL or SECAL (Sec. 2). Lunchroom facilities should not

;• ;vc concentrations above 2.5 Hg/m' at any time. Local exhaust ventilation is preferred because it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work 1 '-iaby controlling it at its source. ' '"" Safety Stations: Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, J'.d washing facilities. Contaminated Exjulpment: Separate contaminated work clothes from street clothes; launder before reuse. Remove Cd from shoes and clean PPE. Comments : Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene after using Cd, especially before eating,

I 'rinking, smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics.

6 iection 9 Special Precaijtions and Comments Storage/Handling Requirements: Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from heat, ignition sources, and incompatibles. Do not allow -.-dmium dust to build up in storage area. i^nglneeritig Controls: To reduce potential health hazards, use sufficient dilution or local exhaust ventilation to control airbome contaminants and

'JS maintain concentrations at the lowest practical level. Administrative Controls: Prohibit workers from removing Cd from protective clothing and equipment by blowing, shaking, or any other means 'hzl disperses Cd into the air. Employees must not enter eating facilities while wearing PPE unless it is vacuumed with a HEPA. Consider prcplace-

ient and periodic medical exams of exposed workers emphasizing the blood, kidneys, liver, and respiratory system. Educate workers on

..iadmium's carcinogenicity. Transpor ta t ion Data (49 CFR 172.101)

DOT Shipping Name: Poisonous solids, n.o.s.*, ?yTophoric metals, n.o.s.t o r Hazard Class: 6.1*, 4.2t

lDNo,:UN2811*.UN1383t DOT Packing Group: HI*, If

JOT Label: Keep away from food*. Spontaneously Combustiblef peclal Provisions (172.102):—*, B l l f

* Solid meul, t Powder

Packaging Authorizations a) Exceptions: 173.153*, Nonet b) Non-bulk Packaging: 173.213*, .187t c) Bulk Packaging: 173.240*. .242t

Quanti ty Limitations a) Passenger Aircraft or Rai lcar ; 100 kg*.

Forbidden! b) Cargo Aircraft Only: 200 kg*. Forbidden!

Vessel Stowage Requirements a) Vessel Stowage: A*. Df b) Other : -

MSDS ColUction References: 26,73.100, 101.103,124.126, 127,132, 133, 136,139. 148.159,167.169,183.185.186 itepared by: M Gannon. BA; Industrial Hygiene Review: PA Roy. MPH, CIH; Medlcsl Review: TW Thobum, MPH, MD

,:^>ynxtA01993 by Genium PublbhiniCoTpomJon. Any ujummcal t^- or Rproduction without the publ Uho'ipcrmiuioD is prohibius^. Jud^mcnti u to the vujt«bility of mformation herein (or the purchajcr'i puipoae* • n Doocuuilv the Durcbucr'l tntxxiitbiliry. Allhouch rc«JKXub(c C*K h u bocn Utkcn m the pieptnlion oT tuch DifcctnAlicn. Genium Publuhinc Corpcrstion extendi no varrsnici. inakes no icpte*cnutiaru. and Kiaujmes

00

CO

o o

200379

Genium Publishing Corporation 1145 Caialjm Street

Schenectady, NY 12303-1836 USA (518)377-8854


Sheet No. 162 Copper

Issued: 12/85 Revision: A, 8/90 ;S iiK:tioQ^glij^latcxia0iacntlfi 1321 Copper (Cu) Description: Widely distributed in nature in elemental state, arscrutcs, sulfides, chlorides, and carbonates. Prepared by crushing, grinding, and concentrating copper ores by flotation and leaching or by smelting copper ore conccntrau:s to yield a blister (96 to 98%) copper which is clcctrolytically refined to yield 99.9+% copper. Copper is the most widely used structural metal, next to Iron and aluminum. Used in electric wiring; switches, heating, plumbing, roofing, and building construction; alloys (brass, bronze, Monel metal, bcryllium-coppcr); coirts; chemical and pharmaceutical machinery; electroplated protective coatings and undercoats for nickel, chromium, zinc,- etc., cooking utensils; insecticides; anlifouling paints; and as a catalyst. Copper whiskers are used in thermal and electrical composites. Copper flakes arc used as insulation for liquid fuels. Other Designations: CAS No. 7440-50-8, bronze powder, copper slag-airbomc, copper slag-milled. Manufacturer: Contact yovir supplier or distributor. Consult the latest Chcmicalweek. Buyers' Cu id^^ for a suppliers list Cautions: Copper may be toxic through contact, inhalation, and ingestion. It may cause skin and eye Irritation and metal fume fever. Copper is not considered a fire hazard, but Eite particles may bum in air.

R I ,S K

0 4 1 0

Genium y \ .

y/>/\ (yy/oy

HJvtIS H 2 F 0 R 0 PPG* •Sec. 8

Section 2. Ingredients and Occupational Exposure Limits Copper, ca 100% 1989 OSHA PELs 8-hrTWA: 1 mg/m'* 8-hrTWA:0.1mg/m't

19.89-90 ACGIH TLVs TLV-TWA: 1 mg/m" TLV-TWA: 0.2 mg/m't

1988 NIOSH REL None established

1985-S6 Toxicity Data* Human, oral, TD^: 120 )Ag/kg affects the gastrointestinal tract

(nausea or vomiting) Rat, oral, TDj^: 1210 Hg/kg (35 weeks prior ua mating) affects

fertility (pre- and post-implantation mortality)

• Copper dusu and mists, as Cu. •f Copper fume. t Sec hnOSH, RTECS (GL.53250OO). for additional reproductive, tumorigenic, and toxicity daU.

Section 3. Physical Data Boiling Point: 4703 "F (2595 "C) Molecular Weight: 63,546 Melting Point: 1981 'F (1083 "C) Density/Specific Gravity: 8.94 Vapor Pressure: 1 mm Hg at 2962 'F (1628 'C) Water SolublUty: Insoluble

Appearance and Odor: Solid, various shapes, odorless, rcd/brown-colored metal or powder. Copper is ductile, lough, and easily worked. It is very resistant to corrosion, but readily attacked by alkalies.

Section 4. Fire and Explosion Data Flash Point: None reported Autolgnltion Temperature: None reported LEL: None reported UEL: None reported Extinguishing Media: Use extinguishing media appropriate to the surrounding fire since copper docs not bum. Finely divided copper bums in air, and in extreme cases ignites spontaneously. Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards: Liquid copper explodes on contact with water. High concentrations of fme copper particles in the air may present an explosion hazard. Special Fb-e-flghting Procedures: Since fire may produce toxic fumes, wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in the ',yressure-demand or positive-pressure mode and a fully encapsulating suit

lllllllii|i|lll|t|^ Stability/Polymerization: Cop>per is stable at room temperature in closed containers under normal storage and handling conditions. However, on long standing, a white, highly explosive peroxide deposit may form. Copper's vapors are uninhibited and may form polymers in vents and flame arresters. Chemical Incompatibilities: Copper reacts violently with ammonium nitrate, bromates, iodates, chlorates, ethylene oxide, hydrazoic acid, potassium oxide, dimethyl sulfoxide + trichloroacetic acid, hydrogen peroxide, sodium peroxide, sodium azide, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfide -i-air, and lead azide. A potentially explosive reaction occurs with actylenic compounds. Coprper ignites on contact with chlorine, fluorine [above 250 *F (121 "C)], chlorine trifluoride, and hydrazinium nitrate [above 158 *F (70 *C)]. Il is also incompatible with l-bromo-2-propyne; an incandescent reaction occurs with potassium dioxide. Conditions to Avoid: Avoid prolonged exposure to air and moisture. On exposure to moist air, copper slowly converts to the carbonate. Hazardous Products of Decomposition: Thermal oxidative decomposition of copper can produce metallic oxides (copper fumes).

Io. 162 Copper 8/ 0

: ectidn;îJHei^th:iHazardiData Carcinogenicity': The NTP, lAJiC, and OSHA do not list copper as a carcinogen. Experimental studies show tumorigenic and teratogenic effects 1 laboratory .arumals. .'ummary of Risks: Copper is a nccessjiry human nutrient, excessive intake levels of which the kidneys normally eliminate. In individuals with idncy disease or, rarely, Wilson's di.scasc (abnormal retention and storage of copper in the body that damages the liver, kidneys, brain, blood, ones, and endocrine glands), cop>per levels may accumulate. Significant industrial exposure \o copper occurs mainly through inhalation of fumes uring welding, smeltmg, or refining operations; or through exposure lo copper dusts and mists dunng mining, extracting, refining, or manufacrur-ng processes. Copper particles may irritate, discolor, and damage eyes. Exposure to copper salts in many applicaiions is pxitcntially toxic. Copper lusts, fttmcs, and silts may irritate the upper respiratory tract. Long-term exposure may irritate the skin and discolor the skin or hair. ledical Conditions Aggravated by Long-Term Elxposure: Individuals with impaired pulmonary or renal function should avoid exposure. "arget Organs: Respiratory system, skin, eyes, liver, kidneys. : 'rimary Entry Routes: Inhalation, ingestion. \cu te Effects: Inhalation of copper fumes may give rise lo metal fume fever (after an incubation period of about 5 hr), an allergic reaction with !lu-like symptoms—high tcmpcralure, metallic taste, nausea, coughing, general weakness, muscle aches, and exhaustion. These symptoms usually iisappear within 24 hr. Direct contact with copper causes skin and (less often) eye irritation, and itching of the linings of the nose, mouth, and rcs-• iratory tract. Exposure to copper dust may cause a greenish-black skin discoloration. Copper ingestion causes nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, and diarrhea. Ingestion of large doses may cause stomach and intestine ulceration, jaundice, and kidney and liver damage. Chronic Effects: Continued exposure to copper may cause mild dermatius and degeneration of the mucous membranes. Repealed or prolonged ;xposure to copper dusts and nusts can discoior skin and hair and irritate the skin. Repeated inhalation can cause chronic respiratory disease. • idividuals with Wilson's disease (1 in 200,000 individuals) are more susceptible lo chronic copper poisoning. If undetected and imtrcaled, this ,;rogressive condition is eventually fatal. FIRST AID Eyes: Gently lift the eyelids and flush immediaUily and continuously with flooding amoimts of water imtil transported lo an emergency medical jicility. Consult a physician immediately. jkin: Quickly remove contaminated clothing. Rinse with flooding amoimts of water for at least 15 min. For reddened or blistered skin, consult a

physician. Wash affected area with soap and water. Inhalation: Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing with artificial respiration. ingestion: Never give anything by mouth to an imconscious or convulsing person. If ingested, have that conscious person drink 1 to 2 glasses of ii-auir, then induce vomiting. i.fter first aid, get appropr ia te In-plant, paramedic , or communi ty medical s u p p o r t Physician's Note: A blood count shows leucocytosis if an individual has metal fume fever. Consider chellation wilh penicillamine or B AL (British Anti-Lewisite or dimercaprol) for chronic intoxicatiort

J;ection 7. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures spill/Leak: Notify safety persormel, remove all heat and ignition sources, and provide adequate ventilation. Avoid creating dusty conditions. Cleanup persormel should protect against vapor inhalation and skin and eye contact. Cleanup methods such as vacuuming (with the appropriate Îtcr) or wet mopping minimizes dust dispersion. Absorb liquid containing copper with vermiculite, dry sand, or other inert materials. Place in ap-Iropriate containers for disposal. Follow applicable OSHA regulalioixs (29 CFR 1910.120).

.J isposal: Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations. Follow applicable Federal, stale, and local regulations. EPA Designations RCRA Hazardous Waste (40 CFR 261.33): Not Usted Usu;d as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance* (40 CFR 302.4), Reportable Quantity (RQ): 5000 lb (2270 kg) [* per Clean Water A c t 307(a)] ';ARA Extremely Hazardous Substance (40 CFR 355): Not Usted

uistcd as a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CFR 372.65) OSHA Designations Mstcd as an Air Contaminant (29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z-l-A)

Section 8. Special Protection Data Goggles: Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles, per OSHA eye- and face-protection regulations (29 CFR 1910.133). ! aspirator: Seek professional advice prior to respirator selection and use. Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29 CFR 1910.134) and, if neces-

; 'liry, wear a NIOSH-approved respirator. Some recommendations foUow. For copper dust and mists greater than 50 mg/m', wear a high-efficiency •paniculate respirator, a suppUed-air respirator, or an S C B A aU with a full facepiece. For copper dust and mists greater than 2000 mg/m' , wear a suppUcd-air respirator equipped either with a fuU facepiece operated in pressure-demand or positive-pressure mode or with a hood in continuous-

; 'ôw mode. For copper fiimes over 100 mg/m', wear either a powered air-purifying respirator with a high-efficiency filter, or a suppUed-air i J spirator equipped either with a fuU facepiece operated in pressure-demand or posilive-pressirre mode or with a hood in continuous-flow mode.

J 'a rning! Air-purifying respirators do not protect -workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres. Other: Wear impervious glc ves, boots, aprons, and gauntlets to prevent prolonged or repeated skin contact. Eye and face protection is required when grinding, welding, cutting, or remelting. Protect skin from molten metal and radiant heat when melting scrap. Machine turnings may also

! jescnt a laceration hazard. When handling oil-contaminated copper, wear rubber gloves to prevent skin contac t I (entilation: Provide general and local explosion-proof ventilation systems to maintain airbome concentrations below OSHA PELs and ACGIH '

i'LVs (Sec 2). Local exhaust ventUation is preferred since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by controlling it at its source."""' Safety Stations: Make available in the work area, emergency eyewash stations, safety/quick-drench showers, and washing facilities. .'Contaminated Equipment : Never wear contact lenses in the work area; soft lenses may absorb, and all lenses concentrate, irritants. Remove this

i.alerial from your shoes and equipment Launder contaminated clothing before wearing. lomrnents: Never eat, drink, or smoke m work areas. Practice good p)ersonal hygiene after using this material, especially before eating, drinking,

smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics.

o CO ro o o

'ectioo X Special Precautions and Comnients storage Requirements; Store copper in tightly closed containers in a cool, dry, weU-ventilated area. Avoid exposure to air and moisture. Engineering Controls: Avoid dust and fume inhalation and direct contact with skin and eyes. Use only with adequate ventilation and appropriate personal pjroteciive gear. Instimte a respiratory protection program that includes regular training, maintenance, inspection, and evaluation. Practice

bod personal hygiene and housekeeping pirocedures. Maintain exposures below the PEL/TLV. Monitor cop»f>er dust and mist levels Ln the air. jlher Precautions: Provide placement and periodic examinations that emphasize the skin, eyes, and respiratory system. Prevent expwsing

mdividuals with chronic respiratory disease or Wilson's disease. Transportation Data (49 C F R 172.101, .102): Not listed

\SDS ColUcUon References: 26,38,73, 84, 88, 89.100, 101. 103, 109,124,126,127. 132,133, 134,136, 138, 139, 143, 144 •cpared by: MJ Allison. BS; Industrial Hygiene Review: DI WUson, CIH; Medical Review: W SUvetman, MD; Edited by: JR Stuart, MS

CanvnwH O l O O n V w ^ — : . - C U ! , ! . : - . ^ _• 1 , t , n„.k!KW..t \nA. .. *^v. *iii)aknt.v nf inrnrmaiicn heic in for tfae Durchaaer'i rtMTtitmea

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET GENIUM PUBLISHING CORPORATION

1145 CATALYN STREET SCHENECTADY. NY 12303-1836 USA

(518)377-8855 GENIUM PUBUSHINC CORP.

No. 83

CHROMIUM METAL/POWDER

Date March 1981

SECTION I . MATERIAL I D E N T I F I C A T I O N MATERIAL NAME: CHROMILfM-METAL/POUTIER OTHER DESIGNATIONS: Chrome, Cr, ASTM AA81, CAS ilOOl AAO A73, GE M a t e r i a l s BlODl,

B50T2005 MANUFACTURER: A v a i l a b l e from many s u p p l i e r s .

SECTION I I . INGREDIENTS AND HAZARDS HAZARD DATA

Chromium

^Current OSHA standard for chromium metal and insoluble salt, ACGIH (1980) TLV Intended Changes List, 0.5 mg/m^

TLV set at a level to prevent pulmonary disease.

Status: Publication of a proposed regulation in summer of 1981 is anticipated. (BNAReporter 12/11/80 pg 756)

>99 8-hr TWA 1.0 mg/m^*

Rat, Intravenous TDLo 2 mg/kg/6W-J. Neoplastic effects

E.at, Implant TDLo 1 mg/kg/6W-I Neoplas t ic e f f ec t s

SECTION I I I . PHYSICAL DATA Boil ing po in t , deg C 2200 Vapor p re s su re , 1 mra Hg, deg C - 1616 Vapor diansity (Air=l) 1-79 Soluble in H2O, g/lOOg Insoluble

Appearance and Odor: S t ee l -g ray , no odor.

Specif ic g r a v i t y (? 20 C 7.19 Melting p o i n t , deg C 1890 Atomic weight 52

SECTION IV. FIRE AND EXPLOSION DATA LOWER UPPER

Flash Point and Method Autoigni t ion Temp. 5BU C^ AUU C* f rl niid' ("Hnqr 1 gyp'

Flammability Limits In Air

} PMS.t glguij gKPlgSJgn*

0.230 oz/ft3

Extinguishing Media: (Obtain detailed fire-fighting information from supplier.) Powdered form is combustible. Use water spray or fog, dry chemical, CO2, sand.

When powdered chromium is exposed to heat or ignition sources it is a moderate fire and explosive hazard. Index of explosibility (<.l weak, >10 severe) 0.1. Particle size and dispersion in air determine reactivity.

Firefighters should wear self-contained breathing apparatus. ''lOG/i of dust goes thru a 7A micron sieve. Can be ignited by a lAO millijoule spark.

SECTION V. REACTIVITY DATA

This metal is stable when properly stored and handled, Reacts readily with dilute acids (not nitric) to form chromous salts. Soluble in acids

(not nitric) and strong alkalis. Not oxidized by air, even in presense of noticeable • moisture. Powder is incompatible with strong oxidizing agents, including high OT cone.

Evaporation of Hg from Cr amalgam leaves pyrophoric chromium. Finely divided Cr attains incandescence with nitrogen oxide, potassium chlorate, sulfur dioxide.

Fused ammonium nitrate below 200 C reacts explosively' Cr dust (when heated) suspended in COT is ignitable and explosive,

polten lithium at 18 C attacks Cr severely. At high temperature, oxidation of metal j may produce toxic chromium oxide fumes (See MSDS //5).

Copirrishl © 19M Ceolujn Publbhint Corpontlon Ao; ecmmerrUJ UK ^litoui puhUihcr'i ipeclAc permission ti prohJblted. GENIUM PUBLISHING

2 0 0 3 8 1

SECTION VI. HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION TLV

• N o .

(See Sect. II)

83

Chromium metal is relatively nontoxic. Inhalation hazard of powders is dependent upon particle size. Chromium metal and insoluble salts are said to be involved in histological fibrosis of the lungs. (Ref. 31). When metal is heated to a high temperature, fumes produced may be damaging to the lungs when inhaled (possible pneumoconiosis?). Dusts or powder can cause eye and skin irritation.

FIRST AID: Eve Contact: Flush with running water for 15 minutes, including under eyelids. Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air. Restore and/or support breathing as requirec • Ingescion: Give water to drink. Induce vomiting.

Seek prompt medical help for further treatment, support, and observation.

Skin: Brush off chromium dust. Wash well with soap, and water.

SECTION VII. SPILL^ LEAK^ AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

Notify safety' persontiel of large spills. Remove sources of heat -or ignition. Provide adequate ventilation. Keep airborne dust at a minimum. Clean up personnel to wear protective clothing and approved respirator. Remove spills quickly and place in appropriate containers for disposal or reuse.

DISPOSAL: Reclaim salvageable metal. Place waste in approved secure landfill.* Or incinerate with approved air pollution controls. Follow Federal, State, and Local regulations.

*California Class I.

SECTION VIII. SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION Provide general and local exhaust ventilation to meet TLV requirements in the wortcpiac< Respiratory protection (MESA/OSHA approved) equipment necessary for certain work situ

ations. Respiratory protection in the form of a self-contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece to be used when the particle concentration's upper limit is 50 mg/m^. Avoid eye contact by use of chemical safety goggles where dusty conditions occur. Wear protective clothing appropriate for the work situation to minimize skin contact. Clothing to be changed daily and laundered. Showering after work with a complete .change to street clothing is desirable.

Eyewash stations should be readily accessible in areas of use.of powdered chromium. Provide preplacement and periodic medical examinations for those regularly exposed to

chromium dust or fume with emphasis on respiratory systems.

SECTION IX. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS AND COMMENTS (for chromium powder)

Store m.-terial in cool, dry, well-ventilated area. Away from heat or ignition sources. Use good housecleaning practices to prevent accumulation of dust and follow cleaning

techniques (vacuuming and wet sweeping) that will keep airborne particulate at a minimum. Use nonsparking tools and ground electrical equipment and machinery.

Avoid inhalation of dust. Minimize skin contact by using rubber gloves and aprons. Wash thoroughly after handling. Store separate from acids and oxidizing agents. Keep containers closed and protect from physical damage.

DATA SOURCE(S) CODE: 2-7,9-12,25,26,31,37-AA

JuCQ'^n'.s as IC '.^f luâD-ity Ol .Tcânon he'fft i c Du'Chater s pu'Doses »'t necesta'-'v pu-crjvfr s fesDc^s-tKi'iy ''*«'e'o'e i c r o u t i reasonaoif cate n»s Dw^ ta«er> in t r* pfepa'ai-c* ot ioC!- .n'c;ma:«o'> Gen-j'^ PjD':s'->no Co'pc'ai>o« emeiôs no •.a'rant*s maês no fep'ese'«aiO'^s afxi aiSo""*! no ' c i p c n s c w as 'o :* « accy*ac( o' suriaD.t.iY o' iuc^ in'Ofirj'.on loi aoD'cato'^ \z DW-câs*' s -.nxff.ceo pa'DCiti of'io' co'iwQje'vces o' -ts U M

APPROVALS: MIS CRD

K^.l/VU-^ Industrial Hygiene and Safety ^ 3-/6- / MEDICAL REVIEW: 23 March 1981

GENIUM PUBLISHING 200382

G«nlum PuWIshIng Corporation 1H5 Ciulyn Strttt

Scbcnoctady. hfY 12303-1836 USA (51J)3r7-«54 •

Maicnal Safety Dam Sheets Collection:

Sheet No. 713 Lead GJlonpmlc)

lasucd: 8/90

Section L M»terl»J IdeutJfSaitlon L«»d (InorxuLic) tPb) D««:rlptioo: Eiiia wvJely throuihout the world in t Dumber of orei. lu miin comiaerci*! jource Ll | i i » t Oc*i juJpiu<ic). Le»d miDcnJ ii jcptrutd Crotn crud* e r a by bli«-funi»c« xnxltiat, droamj. or elcarplyuc rcfmini. Lt»d a uiod tooitly in [n«iuf»cainnf n o r m btflcricv CXhcr Msa ire in tnaouiKSurinj tecrwthylJcad ind both orrtnic «od LDcrimic Icid compooodj in cenmjci. pUaici, tnd electronic dcvicci;-ia producjaj inrmunilion, solder, ciile coverim. ihocl lc«i, uxl oOic mcul prodocB (brua, pipei, ciuttiaj); in mcttlhtrty; in weifho tsA u biUtjt; u I chemitd micnoedixLc for le»d iliryLi tad pvimcoa; u t coojmctioo nuierUl for the uaJt limnp, pipmt. md oquipiacni uied to Kiodk CK coiTourc ( u a lod liqaJai used is iulfuric acid tnxnafactarins. peorjlcum rcftoint. htk>(cnuoa, ivil-foDiiijQ, extrsoxm, lod coodejuiboo; •od for x-ny Bod uomk r»dUtioo protection. Cnb«r D«dt>«£io«« CA5 No. 7439-92-1, lc*d oxjd«; lead Mlti, iDorjinJc; mculbc le«d; pltmibum. Mnul»ctBr«r: Cooc»ct.yo«r ropplier or diiribokx. Cotuah th« l n a i Chtmicaiyrmtk Bk-ytn' Citid*!^ for a lupplicn lilt

I S

C«nl

H F R

Caatioea: /norj«mc Uad ii a pount j-jsumic poison. Orpak: lead (for rumple, lctr»«hyl Ictd) h«» teverr, bat diffcTcnt, hcilth efTecti. • S< OccapiaooxJ lead poc*ooin( ii da* to mhtlirino of dim lod ftusex. MifX c/Tectad orsta ryuems t n the ctcrvoux, blood, tod rrproducavc lyiKms, tod tjiocyr. Health impauujtut or dijcMt miy raiUi from * severe acute thoft- of lotn-term eipo»uit.'

Section 2. IngrediCTits and Occupational Exposxxrt Llmitt Lcki (ioor|BBc) fumet sad diucx, is Pb, ci 1004

19«»-»« ACGIH TLV (Lt«i , tkorruic, ftrMMiBd dnts ) TLV-TWA; 150 utrtn*

IW5 OSHA rELi (L«»d, l»or-na ie axnpom»da) l-hrTWA50j«Am' AciioQ Lcrd TWA': 50 pt/m'

» CFR 151Hf25 L«*d Studarrf Bkxsd Lead Lorel: 40 n»/1001 * Acooa k-r«i »pyii« to cmpioTMCUoton ^ t S«« KIOSH, KJtliS (OmTiicaJU for addiboMl n«ati<<, rrprbdaajv*, tad totidty ittx.

15«I^aOSHREL lWrTWA:<100M»/m»

\ widsoot xfxrl to ru^nccr BM.

I 9 t S ' « Toxldty Datit Httfluta. jnhilttifTi, TCj ^ 10 j^/m' »/fecu guEroiateninil tr

cad Urtr Humxa. ocil, TD^: 450 va^Pn iat«ied over 6 yr »ffccti

pertphffil tad ccoxnl ocrrouj tynesa lUl, oc»l. TD^: 790 a^ / t t tHeai njulU^eocruioo rcproduc;

Section 3, PhysicaLl Data T3a^T5KT[S4TTrJ35^C5 ' M«ki»f rotee 621J T (3X7^ "O V»i>or>r«ii«rt: 1.T7 mm Hf tt 1 » 2 T(1000 "C) Vtocodtj: 3 1 cp tc 621J T P27>4 XI)

Aff>MJ-«ac« k*d Odor-. Bhusfe-vfattt, ahrtc^, (Txy. TV^ lofl SMCaL

* \jmi ea tdy i won »MQy n. > tour pH.

Section 4. Fire and Expiodkxi Data

Sp^dOc Gr»T*y C»'CM*C): l l i J WacarSoikbatT: iUltdvcly tBaohLb4t ia boc or cold wucr*

Fk«> rt)tet: Noot rrportad AK>n<yitt>o« TtmycntJPr: Nooa rrpornd I XT.' NoQcrtponed UEL: Notx reponc EnieyHfaAtt Madic U*e dnr chemical, c«tae dtorJAi. wtter xprc7> o^ toKm. to e n i n c u h t b e U i o u J r t r t ^r Ex^loiio* Hsz&rdc FUmmcbk tod modoYtdy cc^bchrt ia tb( fona of ton wbea ezpoaed to heat or fUiv. Sp«:i»l FW-flfkti«^ ProcadKTac: I»iac« biurd «rM n d dcoy entry, Siaca ft% a t j prodact loiic fuiae*, wxar t »elf-cotiuiii>od brtithiaj tpptnois (SCSA) with a f&U facaoiaca opcruad b Ih* pmmi-dcmsad or poiitivT-farcxxsrt mode Bd foil prtJUOirc cquipmcuL B« iware c ruaoff fiDm Tn cootrol lorfhndi. uo aot r rkax to arvvn or wmtcrvxjx

Sections, ReactivkyData SCab<tC7/fai7««rUado«: Leadiixabte « raoa icmpcrvsn io cioaed cootaizxn ca^CDansal nonfc tad hsdhac coodicioos. l i unu ih« (xpcucre lo tx. Htzjcrdoa pohacjiixtioe caoaot occwr. Cbemical I»caBpAt1MDti«c MIIBDW of bydrsftapcrozitte • trSoxatxcxpksd* oecootaavith lead. Laad it iaooiEpatible with lodiumizx tircooiam. dbodiaa acetybde, tod otidaoti. A viokat ntactioo oa imitiaa XOKJ occsr with caoccacrucd hydrofca peroxide, chlonse tnfluoi KxHsffi acetrtide (with powdcnad katf), immxiiaa Bitn.le (beiow 200 *C widi powtlcred lead). Lead tx anr t rd by puit water u d wcaJc or^ adds in the pmeoca of ozyjea. Lead b rackaim to t ^ wtier, byrirDnwxic acid, brtec, u d xirwoa, Co*ditioM M Avoid: Rubtxr ^lo^rA fnwt»i»f^ Vt«l miy ipxti ia nkric acid. HAiartlo<«frDrf»etaof I>acom|Kjeitto«:Tbgnaloxaativ<d»coqpoiitk«ofV«>dc«proiB^

Section 6, Health ffimird Data CarciMftaicity: Abhovfh tfa« KVT lod OSHA do BO( liit lead M t cardoofen, (be lAXC Uits it u probably circiaoteiuc to humiat, but h. (uMaliy) 00 buata evideccs, Kowrrar, iha tiMr«zn ttporu iatfiacw ot lMrd4ad*ccd ocoplatma, bo<h beai^ n d inalixitcnt, of the tidaty other otpaa io laborcasry mdcoa, Exc«sxiv« cxposcn to lead has ntsUed b omoiofic diiocdas ia iofaoa. Eiperimental studies thow leac reprodaoira lad tcraiottaic effeca ie laboratory MonatrHatata mak wd fraait r^mdaOhrt ciTaca v t ilao doauaeaied. Sammarr of KWcc Lead ia apotea(. lyncmacpotjoa ihal tffaaa variaty of orxao nntcaa, axhd ia t OM acrvow tpntem. ludocyt, ttprod^n i juea . blood formatiac, tad t»%«iattaxitul (CI) tyKatn. Tfat (oost tiaponaat way (tad eaten Ihc body it thro«|h mhalatjog but it u n I1K intcatad wi>es lead dvst or uswaxhed haadi fnotamtnttr food, i i i ^ or c i ( m t t a . M a c h of iarcstad lead M s a lhn«(h feces without absoi iaio iha bady. Adaltt may abaorb oeiy 3 to 13« ot lotanad lead; cMldrea auy abtcrb a siacMarxc tncaaa. Oect is the body, lead esten i bbodxtream nd dretiluft to variocj crxaoa. Lead osoccotraies aod rtsuisa is booa for tzMoy ^ S K I . Tha amoaot of lead the body ttorta iticreaaej ai expomx cotxinsca, with pociibty oumlttiva cffactt. Dcpcsdiss oo lh« doaa catena^ the body, lead CJQ be deadly within sever diyt or aiTcct health afler maoy yaan. Very hiffa doses caa caoae brain damaxt (coccphabpatfay). MWfcaJ CtmOicicmt A g r a r t a d >T Ciyoc«rt: Lead tniy atxTryxtt aeiroaa system dborden ( t J . , ewkpiy, oegropathies). Ijdoey ^ tifb blood pc«stv« (bypcncBsioa), Btetility. Kd toetnia. Lead-iad»c«d tactma aod its affaa oo blood ptttisoft caa atsravate card°»««sa

Coniinut on nex

200383

200384

No. 713 Lead(lnorginic) 8/90

S e c t i o n 6. H e a l t h H a z a r d D a t a , c o n t i n u e d Tar i t t Orxins: Blood, ceatnl lod pcnphcnl nervous lyiirnu. bdneyt, lod gutroioicituial (GI) o-jct. Prlmanr Entry Routes: InhiUlioo, inteition. Acute ErTccti: Ati *cute, jhori-lcrm do»« of lead could ciu»e icute cncephilopiihy with leirurw, comi, lad death. However, ihon-icrtn cxpoiurej of this CDAgoitixle ire rare. Reversible tidoty dinugc cm occur from acute expojure, u well as ir>emja. Cbroalc ErTrcts: Sympioais of chroaic loog-lerm overexposure mclude appetite lotx, ouiica, melaUic taile ia lh« mouth, lead lioe oo pcpvaJ (gum) Uuuc, cotuupitioD, anxiety, anemia, pallor of the face and the e7^ groundi, excaiive tiredocH, wcai:acu, insomaia, headache, tjervous u'-nixbdily, fine trttwn, oumbocxi, muscle aad joint paiti, aad colic accompanird by severe abdommal pain. ParaJysti of wrist aad, Icu oflesi, inVlr exif nsor muscla may occur aftct years of itxrcawd lead absorptioo. Kjdaey dlitave may also result from chroaic overexposure, but few, i/ any, syinpuimj appear until sevcrr tidnev dimiae has occurred. Reptiaductive damage is characterized by decreaied icx drive, imcoccocc, aad ' sterility in taca; aod decreased fertility, aboormal metistrual cycles, sod rnivamaya in wotaca. Unborn children may suffer oeuro'lofc damare or developmental problems due lo excessive lead exposure in pregnant wotnoi. Lead poisocinj'j severest result is et>ccphalop«thy mam/esi^by sever: headache, convulsjotis, cocoa, delirium, tad possibly death. FTRST MD Eyes: Gently lift the eyelids and flush immodisicly aod continuously with flooding amounts of water nati] trtasportod to an outigxiucy medical facility. Coasult a physician immrdiatrly. Skin: Quickly rcsxrvc cotuaminaied clo(hin|. Rinse with flooding amoimts of water for at le&ss 15 min. Coosall a physician if any heahh complaints develop. lohalatloa: Remove exposed person to tresh air sad support brcatMia SS Deeded. Coosutt a physidiBi. Ii^cstloo: Never give any-ihia| by laouth to tn oncottscnus or convulsini pcrsoa. If large amounts of lead were iogcsttd. induce vomiting with Ipecac syrup. Cotuult s physician iimnedialely. Afur first aid, gtt sppropclatt ln-pla«t, paramedic, or eoenmanlty n>«<llcal sopport. Physician's SoU: For diagnosis, obtain blood pressure, blood lead level (PbB), lire protoporphyrin (ZPP). complete blood count for microcytic aoemis aad basopfriljc stippUg' urinalysis, aad blood urea nitrogeo (BUhO of crcstiniae. Enrnine pcripfvrnl taotoi Deuropsthy.palJoT, tad gingival lead line. Use Ca-EDTA to treat poisoo, but n^vtr chelate prt>phyla;tjcally. Consult an occupatiotul physidaa or loxicolojist.

Section 7. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures SpUI/Lcalc: Notify safety persoooel aad evacviaie all unaecessary pcrsooael immediately. Clcaatip personnel should protect.ajainst inhalation of dusts or fume aad contact with sl^n cr eyes. Avoid crutinj dusty cooditiofa. Water sprays may be used in large quantities to ^;n.»ciit the formation of dust. Cleanup laclhods such as vacuamins (with an appTDpriaie filter) or wet moving mini mi res dust disacniSrQ. Scoop the spilled material into cloied cot Laiaert foe disposal or rrrâmarioa. F-oUow apptfcable OSHA rcgulatioos (29 CFR 1910.120). Dicpoaal: Contact yoor supplier or a bcetaad cooiractor for detailed recommmdatioos. Follow tppijcabie Federal, stale, aad local reûLatiom. EPA. Deâ t lo t t s Listed u a RCRA Hsuriotts Waite (40 CFX 261J3. Appcadix D—EP ToxiciJy Test Procedures) Listed as a CERCLA Haianloas Substaoca* (40 CFR yu.4), Raportabb Qasauy (RQ): 1 lb (0.454 kg) [• par Ckaa Water Act, Sec. 307(a)l SARA Extremely HaxtrdoGS Substaace (40 CFR 355): Not l i f i^ Listed ts a SARA Toxic Chemical (40 CTR 372,65) OSHA DesJtutkss Listed as an Air Coottmiaani (29 CFR I910.10(». Table Z-l-A)

Section 8. Special Protection Data Gotri«i 'êai protectivt eyeilaxaes or rhrmaral safety foolea, jsz OSHA 9Y»- tad f*c*-pro»clk» rtyilaTinm (29 CFR 1910.133). Re^lrator: Seek profenjooal ad vie* prior to raapirator selectioo and eaa, FoQow OSHA respirator rettilaboos (29 CFR 1910.1341 ac sary, wear a NIOSH-approvod respirmcor. For tmerjcacy or iKumwiaK opennoo* (cleatiicf ipiUs, reactor >n«ik, or Storage tiaii) , wear B Respirator: Seek profenjooal ad vie* prior to raapirator selectioo and eaa, FoQow OSHA respirator rejtilatioQS (29 CFR 1910.134) aod. if neces-t*ry, Mff-jTi Ntn<rU.ippmvTiri r r r ^ i n c r e For r m r r j f n r y n r fo'aifim'mj I'yiynlSrtr.t ( r t i ' « n m ^ m i ' U . P SCBA. Waminf! A'sr-p^rifHi^ rtsp'traxorxdo notproua -uroriert in arygtn-dtflcitM aonosplvra. Other: Wear impdvioas giovta, booO, aprocs, a ' ' um-Mpt, pieacs, or pockru retain less dsst troffl I Other: Wear impovioas gjovti, boota, aprocs, and caustieta to prevets akin coatsct. Proectivs clochinf made of msD-made fibers and ''^>'^t uira-\to^ pieacs, or pockru retain less dsst troffl kadi VdBtllatlaB: Provide tcacral aod local vrntHstioo sysirm* to maintaia airbon* coocenffsikxa below tha OSHA PELa (Sec. 2). Local exhaust ventilation is preferred since it crcvcatx co*tasoisaDi dlxpcnioQ imo the w^xt a«a by cootroUittf it a l ia t o m t S " * Saftty SLatkxcs: Make availabke in tha wort area esserscscy syrwash sutioos, scfe^/qaick-dreach showers, aad washiag facilities. Cootamlnaiad E.quipnseat: Never vrcar cootact Icssca ia (tee work arsa: toft lenses znay absorb, asod all leases coocentrtte, irhttnts. Remove this tnaterial from yoor shoes aad cqtiipitxaL Ltandar cootaminacsd clothiiis tefo^ wearia^ ComDytDts: Never eil. drink, or ssx>kc ia work areas. Prxctic* g « ^ persotsal hypeaeaner usiag this maseriaL, especially w ashing haods before eating drinkiax,'SEX3kifi]. usis( tbe c iks , or tpptytsg cosi^sics.

Section 9. S pedal Precautions and Comments

i 1

Storact RKuirtincata: Stort ia d^btty cloM^cootaiaen a a o»t . dry, weU-veatilated area rarsy from tU iacotsftatibU tauerialx, direa sunlif nt, aod heat aad ifsitiaa tomtm. Eittl»««rti^ Coatraia: Edacaia works'aboBi kttfs bxzarda. FoQow stsl iafom eioptoy»es of (he laad staadard (29 CFR I9I0.1025). Avoid ti>-halaiioo of lead dust lod futnu aad int«(tiOQ o( laad. U M only with appropnate p«r>ooal RO«cctiv« {tar tad adequate vmttlatioeMastime a' irsptraiory prouctioa procram that iarlixWt rcjvlar tniaiBt. ntKatctsaaos, inspectioa, t a i a ra luboo. Avoid creatine dusty coodittotis. Sepcgtte tad launder coaiaminatedaochiaf. Talcs pracwtjoes to protaa Ueadry pvKoaaL Pnctk* rood penooal bypeac aod bousckxepias ptDcedu.-:s. FcM * variety of rusotss, the lead cooccatrxtkie ia wodauum air lasy O K comlatt wiih tbt blood lead k v t b a tttdividuli. Otbar Prscaotioes: Provide ptrpUceiacaC and periodk iQ*dkal snaaunatioes which ramhatiw bkiod, atrvow sytieai. lanroiatesiinal tnct, aod kjdaeys, iacludiat t complete blood coast n d trinatyxii. Racshrs s cotaptete hisSTY iochtdrng prrr iou tsrxcnes tad hotpitalizatioo. aUerpes, sffiokiai hmorr, alcohoi coosomptioo, proprietary d n { iatabt, sxi occttpcdooal aod tweoccvpatinnil lead cxponm. Maintaia records for °*dical survaQaace, airborae eipoaun tnoatUrtax. ciaployea conpUiota. aad pfayndaa't wntiea opinioos for «leait 40 yean or dorstion of employmeai pits 20y«ari. Measure meat o( Wood teadfcvtl Q^B) tod one protooorphyrti (ZPP) t n aaeftd tadicaton ol yo«r body's lead abaotpooo IcveL Mtinttia wortcr foRt at or below 40 W|/100 g of wtola bJood. To rrini-m-r* advcru repradnctivt health efTeco to parents aad dcvetopint fetaa, maintiia (he PbBs of wodsen if 'îTtf to bav« childrea below 30 pf/lOO (. Ekrated PbBa iacrcase your risk of disease, aod the loogeryoa have elevaLed KBt , d>e (reatv70«rchaDC«of tmtesaatiMperTDaaeaiescaa|c.

_ , ^ Tr»«ttportado« Data (4* c m I72.1t3} M O SUppJif Naa«: Lead coisposadt, aotubte, c o x W O H a i a r t t i a « : 6.1 n)NojUN229l « W O Label: S t Aadxtwt Crota (X. Stow away b o a fwjdaafft) IMDG Packafiat Gn»«^ Ql. USDS C*<#c<M Irfwme«: 24.34,73. U. t5 . U . » . W. JOQ. 101. 103.10». 124.12&. 13X 133,134,136. 13», I » . 1<2. IO Pr^vW kr: MJ Alltjoa. U ; Utfmscrlai HmâM Rrrtev: DJ WUsm. OH: Msrfka! Rartew. SO UâL MD. MPH: U I M hj: JK SUmuMS

APPENDIX F 29 CFR OSHA 1926

LEAD STANDARD - 1926.62 ARSENIC STANDARD - 1926.1118

CADMIUM STANDARD - 1926.1127

2 0 0 3 8 5

— ' ^ • • : ^ = ^ - ^ „

(O o o OJ 00

§1926.61

9. Other ReQUiremenU. a. The test subject shall not b« permitted to wear a half-maslt or full facepiece If the minimum fit factor of 250 or 1.250. respectively, cannot be obtained. If hair growth or apparel Interfere with a satisfactory fit, then they shall be altered or removed so as to eliminate Interference and allow a satisfactory fit. If a satisfactory .'it Is still not attained, tbe teat subject must use a positive-pressure respirator such aa powered alr-purlfylnsr respirators, supplied air respirator, or self-contained breathing apparatus.

b. The test shall not be conducted If there Is any hair growth between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface.

c. If a test subject exhibits difficulty In breathing: during the tests, she or be shall be referred to a physician to determine whether the test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.

d. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the assigned respirator for one week. If the respirator does not provide a satisfactory fit during actual use, the test subject may request another QNFT which shall be performed Immediately.

e. A respirator fit factor card shall be Issued to the these subject with the following Information:

(l)Name. (2) Date of fit test. (3) Protection factors obtained through

each manufacturer, model and approval number of respirator tested.

(4) Name and signature of the person that conducted the test.

f. Filters used for qualitative or quantitative fit testing shall be replaced weekly, whenever Increased breathing resistance is encountered, or when the test agent has altered the Integrity of the filter media. Organic vapor cartrldges/canlsters shall be replaced dally or sooner It there Is any Indication of breakthrough by the test agent.

10. Relestinp. In addition, because the sealing of the respirator may t>e affected, quantitative fit testing shall be repeated Immediately when the test subject has a:

(1) Weight change of 20 pounds or more. (2) Significant facial scarring In tbe area of

the facepiece seal, (3) Significant dental changes; I.e.; mul

tiple extractions without prothesls, or acquiring dentures,

(4) Reconstructive or cosmetic surgery, or (5) Any other condition that may Interfere

with facepiece sealing. 11. Recordkeeping, a. A summary of all test

results shall be maintained for three years. The summary shall Include:

(11 Name of test subject. (2) Date of testing. (3) Name of the test conductor. (4) Fit factors obtained from every res

pirator tested (Indicate manufacturer, model, size and approval number).

29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-95 Edffton)

b. A copy of all test data Including the strip chart and results shall be kept for at least rive years. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0183)

[57 FR 35681, Aug. 10, 1992, as amended at 67 FR 49649, Nov. 3, 1992)

{1926.61 Retent ion of DOT markings, p lacards and labels.

(a) Any employer who receives a package of hazardous mater ia l which \i required to be marked, labeled or placarded In accordance with the U. S. Dep a r t m e n t of Transpor ta t ion ' s Hazardous Mater ia l s Regulat ions (•IQ CFR P a r t s 171 through 180) shall reUIn those mark ings , labels and placards on the package unt i l the packaging 1B sufficiently cleaned ot residue and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazards .

(b) Any employer who receives a freight conta iner , rai l freight car, m o t o r vehicle, or t ranspor t vehicle t h a t Is required to be marked or placarded in accordance with the Hazardous Mater ia ls Regulat ions shall retain those mark ings and placards on the freight conta iner , rai l freight car, m o t o r vehicle or t ranspor t vehicle unt i l the hazardous ma te r i a l s which require the m a r k i n g or placarding are sufficiently removed to prevent any poten t ia l hazards.

(c) Markings, p lacards and labeU shall be main ta ined In a manner that ensures t h a t they are readily visible.

(d) For non-bulk packages which will not be reshipped, the provlBlons of this sect ion are me t If a label or other acceptable m a r k i n g Is affixed in accordance with the Hazard CommunlcatloD s u n d a r d (29 CFR 1910.1200).

(e) For the purposes of this section, the term hazardous material and any o ther t e r m s not defined in th is section have the same definition as In the Hazardous Mater ia l s Regulat ions ( « CFB P a r t s 171 through 180).

:69FR36700, July 19, 19941

J192&62 Lead

(a) Scope. This sect ion applies to all cons t ruc t ion work where an employee may be.occupatlonaJly exposed to lea f. All cons t ruc t ion work excluded from coverage In the general industry standard for lead by 29 CPR 1910.1025(a)(2) l«

Occupational Sofefy and Hoallh Admin., Labor §1926.62

covered by this standard. Construction work Is defined as work for construc-ilon, a l tera t ion and/or repair, including painting and decorating. I t includes but la not l imited to the following:

(1) Demolition or salvage of s t ruc tures where lead or materials containing lead are present;

(2) Removal or encapsulation of materials containing lead;

(3) New construct ion, a l terat ion, repair, or renovation of s t ructures , substrates, or portions thereof, tha t contain lead, or mater ia l s containing lead;

(4) Instal lat ion of products containing lead;

(5) Lead contamination/emergency cleanup;

(6) Transportat ion, disposal, s torage, or containment of lead or mate r ia l s containing lead on the site or location al which construct ion activit ies are performed, and

(7) Maintenance operations associated with the construction act ivi t ies described In this paragraph.

(b) Definitions. Action level means employee expo

sure, without regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne concentrat ion of lead of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (30 iig/irt') calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA).

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-Uunal Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Competent person means one who Is capable of Identifying existing and pre-dlcuible lead hazards In the surroundings or working conditions and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to el iminate them.

Director means the Director, National Insiliute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Depar tment of Heiilih and Human Services, or des-iKnce.

/-cud means metal l ic lead, all inor-Kanic lead compounds, and organic lead »oap3. Excluded from this definition *re all other organic lead compounds.

This section means this standard. (c) Pmnissibte exposure limit. (1) The

employer shall assure tha t no employee Is exposed to lead a t concentrations greater than fifty micrograms per cubic meter of air (50 ng/m') averaged over an e-hour period.

(2) If an employee Is exposed to lead for more than 8 hours in any work day the employees ' allowable exposure, as a time weighted average (TWA) for tha t day, shall be reduced according to the following formula:

Allowable employee exposure (In ng/ m')=400 divided by hours worked lo the day.

(3) When respira tors are used to l imi t employee exposure aa required under paragraph (c) of this section and all the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) and (f) of this section have been met , employee exposure may be considered to be a t the level provided by the protection factor of the respirator for those periods the respira tor Is worn. Those periods may be averaged with exposure levels dur ing periods when respirators are not worn to determine the employee's daily TWA exposure.

(d) Exposure assessment—(1) General. (1) Each employer who has a workplace or operat ion covered by this s tandard shall in i t ia l ly determine If any employee may be exposed to lead a t or above the act ion level.

(11) For the purposes of paragraph (d) of th is section, employee exposure Is tha t exposure which would occur If the employee were not using a respirator.

(lil) With the exception of monitoring under paragraph (d)(3), where monitoring Is required under this section, the employer shall collect personal samples representa t ive of a full shift including a t least one sample for each job classification In each work area either for each shift or for the shift with the highest exposure level.

(iv) Pull shift personal samples shall be representa t ive of the monitored employee's regular, daily exposure to lead.

(2) Proieclion of employees durinp assessment of exposure. (!) With respect to the lead related tasks listed In paragraph (d)(2)(l) of this section, where lead Is present, unt i l the employer performs an employee exposure assessment as required in paragraph (d) of this section and documents tha t the employee performing any of the listed tasks Is not exposed above the PEL, the employer shall t rea t the employee as If the employee were exposed above the PEL, and not in excess of ten (10) t imes the PEL, and shall implement

136 137

N3 O O CO 00

§1926.62

employee protective measures prescribed In paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section. The tasks covered by this requirement are:

(A) Where lead containing coatings or paint are present: Manual demolition of structures {e.g. dry wall), manual scraping, manual sanding, heat gun applications, and power tool cleaning with dust collection systems;

(B) Spray painting with lead paint. (11) In addition, with regard to tasks

not listed in paragraph (d)(2)(i), where the employee has any reason to believe that an employee performing the task may be exposed to lead In excess of the PEL, until the employer performs an employee exposure assessment aa required by paragraph (d) of this section and documents that the employee's lead exposure Is not above the PEL the employer shall treat the employee aa if the employee were exposed above the PEL and shall implememt employee protective measures as prescribed in paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section.

(Iii) With respect to the tasks listed In paragraph (d)(2)(lll) of this section, where lead Is present, until the employer performs an employee exposuro assessment as required in paragraph (d) of this section, and documents that the employee performing any oi the listed tasks Is not exposed In excess of 500 jig/ m , the employer shall treat the employee as If the employee were exjxjsed to lead in excess of bOO jig/m' and shall Implement employee protective measures aa prescribed In paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section. Where the employer does establish that the employee is exposed to levels of lead below 500 pg/m^, the employer may provide the exposed employee with the appropriate respirator prescribed for such use at such Jower exposures, In accordance with Table 1 of this section. The tasks covered by this requirement are:

(A) Using lead containing mortar; lead burning

(B) Where lead containing coatings or paint are present: rivet busting; power tool cleaning without dust collection systems; cleanup activities where dry expendable abrasives are used; and abrasive blasting enclosure movement and removal.

(Iv) With respect to the tasks listed In paragraph (d)(2)(lv) of this section.

29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-95 Edition)

where lead is present, until the employer performs an employee exposure assessment as required In paragraph (d) of this section and documents that the employee performing any of the listed tasks is not exposed to lead In excess ol 2,600 ng/m> (50xPEL), the employer shall treat the employee as If the employee were exposed to lead in excess of 2,500 jig/m'and shall implement employee protective measures as prescribed in paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section. Where the employer does establish that the employee is exposed to levels of lead below 2,500 |ig/m3, the employer may provide the exposed employee with the appropriate respirator prescribed for use at such lower exposures, in accordance with Table I of this section. Interim protection as described in this paragaraph Is required where lead containing coatings or paint are present on structures when performing;

(A) Abrasive blasting, (B) Welding, (C) Cutting, and (D) Torch burning. (V) Until the employer performs an

employee exposure assessment as required under paragraph (d) of this section and determines actual employee exposure, the employer shall provide to employees performing the tasks described In paragraphs (d)(2)(l), (d)(2)(ll), (d)(2)(lll), and (d)(2)(iv) of this section with interim protection aa follows:

(A) Appropriate respiratory protection in accordance with paragraph (0 of this section.

(B) Appropriate personal protective clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.

(C) Change areas In accordance with paragraph (I)(2) of this section.

(D) Hand washing facilities in accordance with paragraph (1)(5) of this section.

(E) Biological monitoring In accordance with paragraph (J)(1)(I) of this section, to consist of blood sampling and analysis for lead and zinc protoporphyrin levels, and

(F) Training aa required under paragraph (1)(1)(I) of this section regarding 29 CFR 1926.59, Hazard Communication; training as required under paragraph (1)(2)(11)(C) of this section, regarding use of respirators; and training in ac-

Occupational Safety and Health) Admin., Lalxar §1926.62

cordance with 29 CFR 1926.21, Safety training and education.

(3) Bosis of initial determination. (1) Except as provided under paragraphs (d)(3)(lll) and (d)(3)(iv) of this section the employer shall monitor employee exposures and shall base Initial determinations on the employee exposure monitoring results and any of the following, relevant considerations;

(A) Any information, observations, or calculations which would indicate employee exposure to lead;

(B) Any previous measurements of airborne lead; and

(C) Any employee complaints of symptoms which may be attributable tc exposure to lead.

(II) Monitoring for the initial determination where performed may be limited to a representative sample of the exposed employees who the employer reasonably believes are exposed to the greatest airborne concentrations of lead In the workplace.

(iii) Where the employer haa previously monitored for lead exposures, and the data were obtained within the past 12 months during work operations conducted under workplace conditions closely resembling the processes, type of material, control methods, work practices, and environmental conditions used and prevailing in the employer's current operations, the employer may rely on such earlier mon-iloi'ing results to satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and (d)(6) of this section if the sampling and analytical methods meet the accuracy and confidence levels of paragraph {d)(10) of this section.

(iv) Where the employer has objective data, demonstrating that a particular product or material containing lead or a specific process, operation or activity involving lead cannot result in employee exposure to lead at or above the action level during processing, use, or handling, the employer may rely upon such data instead of implement-inn initial monitoring.

(A) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record documenting the nature and relevancy of objective data as specified in paragraph (n)(4) of this section, where used In assessing employee exposure in lieu of exposure monitoring.

(B) Objective data, as described in paragraph (d)(3)(iv) of this section. Is not permitted to be used for exposure assessment in connection with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(4) Positive initial determination and initial moniloring. (1) Where a determination conducted under paragraphs (d) (1), (2) and (3) of this section shows the possibility of any employee exposure at or above the action level the employer shall conduct monitoring which Is representative of the exposure for each employee In the workplace who Is exposed to lead.

(11) Where the employer has previously monitored for lead exposure, and the data were obtained within the past 12 months during work operations conducted under workplace conditions closely resembling the processes, type of material, control methods, work practices, and environmental conditions used and prevailing In the employer's current operations, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(4)(l) of this section if the sampling and analytical methods meet the accuracy and confidence levels of paragraph (d)(I0) of this section.

(5) Negative initial determination. Where a determination, conducted under paragraphs (d) (1), (2), and (3) of this section is made that no employee Is exposed to airborne concentrations of lead at or above the action level the employer shall make a written record of such determination. The record shall Include at least the Information specified in paragraph (d)(3)(l) of this section and shall also Include the date of determination, location within the worksite, and the name and social security number of each employee monitored.

(6) Frequency. (I) If the Initial determination reveals employee exposure to be below the action level further exposure determination need not be repeated except as otherwise provided In paragraph (d)(7) of this section.

(11) If the Initial determination or subsequent determination reveals employee exposure to be at or above the action level but at or below the PEL the employer shall perform monitoring in accordance with this paragraph at

138 139

f §1926.62

least every 6 months. The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level a t which time the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee except as otherwise provided In paragraph (d)(7) of this section.

(Ill) If the Initial determination reveals that employee exposure Is above the PEL the employer shall perform monitoring quarterly. The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are at or below the PEL but at or above the action level at which time the employer shall repeat monitoring for that employee at the frequency specified in paragraph (d)(6)(Ii) of this section, except aa otherwise provided In paragraph (d)(7) of this section. The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level at which time the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee except as otherwise provided In paragraph (d)(7) of this section.

(7) Additional exposure assessments. Whenever there has been a change of equipment, process, control, personnel or a new task has been initiated that may result in additional employees being exposed to lead at or above the action level or may result in employees already exposed at or above the action level being exposed above the PEL, the employer shall conduct additional

' monitoring in accordance with this paragraph.

(8) Employee notification. (1) Within 5 working days after completion of the

j ^ exposure aasessment the employer Q shall notify each employee In writing o of the results which represent that em-W ployee's exposure.

(11) Whenever the results Indicate that the representative employee exposure, without regard to respirators, is at or above the PEL the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that the employees exposure was at or above that level and a description of the corrective action taken or to be

00 00

29 CFR Cti. XVII (7-1-95 Edition)

taken to reduce exposure to below that level.

(9) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of monitoring and analysis which has an accuracy (to. a confidence level of 95%) of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of lead equal to or greater than 30jig/m'.

(e) Methods of compliance. (1) Engineering and work practice controls. The employer shall Implement engineering and work practice controls, including administrative controls, to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead to or below the permissible exposure limit to the extent that such controls are feasible. Wherever all feasible engineering and work practices controls that can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit prescribed In paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest feasible level and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section.

(2) Compliance program. (1) Prior to commencement of the Job each employer shall establish and Implement a written compliance program to achieve compliance with paragraph (c) of thle section.

(11) Written plans for these compliance programs shall Include at least the following:

(A) A description of each activity In which lead is emitted; e.g. equipment used, material Involved, controls In place, crew size, employee Job responsibilities, operating procedures and maintenance practices;

(B) A description of the specific means that will be employed to achieve compliance and, where engineering controls are required engineering plans and studies used to determine method! selected for controlling exposure to lead;

(C) A report of the technology considered In meeting the PEL;

(D) Air monitoring data w)ilch documents the source of lead emissions;

(E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the program, including documentation such as copies of purchaM

Occupational Safety and Healtfi Admin.. Latx)r

orders for equipment, construction contracts, etc.;

(F) A work practice program which Includes items required under paragraphs (g), (h) and (1) of this section and incorporates other relevant work practices such as those , specified In paragraph (e)(5) of this section;

(G) An administrative control schedule required by paragraph (e)(4) of this section, If applicable;

(H) A description of arrangements made among contractors on multi-contractor sites with respect to Informing affected employees of potential exposure to lead and with respect to responsibility for compliance with this section as set-forth in §1926.16.

(I) Other relevant Information. (Ill) The compliance program shall

provide for frequent and regular Inspections of job sites, materials, and equipment to be made by a competent person.

(iv) Written programs shall be submitted upon request to any affected employee or authorized employee representatives, to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(V) Written programs shall be revised and updated at least every 6 months to reflect the current status of the program.

(3) Mechanical ventilation. When ventilation is used to control lead exposure, the employer shall evaluate the mechanical performance of the system In controlling exposure as necessary to maintain its effectiveness.

(•!) Administrative controls. If adminls-Iralive controls are used as a means of reducing employees TWA exposure to lead, the employer shall establish and Implement a job rotation schedule which includes;

(i) Name or identification number of each affected employee;

(II) Duration and exposure levels at each job or work station where each affected employee is located; and

Ilii) Any other information which may be useful in assessing the reliability of administrative controls to reduce exposure to lead.

'5) The employer shall ensure that, to ">e extent relevant, employees follow

§ 1926.62

good work practices such as described In Appendix B of this section.

(f) Respiratory protection—(1) General. Where the use of respirators is required under this section the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee, and assure the use of respirators which comply with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators shall be used In the following circumstances:

(i) Whenever an employee's exposure to lead exceeds the PEL;

(ii) In work situations In which engineering controls and work practices are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the PEL;

(111) Whenever an employee requests a respirator; and

(Iv) An Interim protection for employees performing tasks as specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(2) Respirator selection. (I) Where respirators are used under this section the employer shall select the appropriate respirator or combination of respirators from Table I below.

(il) The employer shall provide a powered, alr-purlfying respirator In lieu of the respirator specified In Table I whenever:

(A) An employee chooses to use this type of respirator; and

(B) This respirator will provide adequate protection to the employee.

(Ill) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved for protection against lead dust, fume, and mist by the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11.

TABtE I.—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR LEAD

AEROSOLS

Mol in e»cesj ol 500 j i^ 'm' ..

Not in «>M« of 1.250 ii»'m'

• '/t masit air purifying r e j -piValOf w/in N j h effciency M e n . ' . '

• 'A mas> aupplied air r e v pValof opefaied in demand (negatvo pressure; mocJe.

• l o o u ening hood or t M -met powered air fxjhtf ing m p i r a l a wim hioD efficiency m e n . '

140 141

§ 1926.62

TABLE l.—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR LEAD AEROSOLS—Ck)ntinued

to o o t l J

0 0

Airbome concenlrafion ol toad or coo<*tion of use

No! in excess o( 2.500 p ^ m ^

Rocjoirod respiralor '

Not in exc«ss ol 50.000 }iQ/ m ' .

Not in excess of 100.000 tiQl

(jreater Ihan 100.000 Mo'm' unknown concentration, or fire ftgfiting.

• Hood Of helmet supplied air respirator operated in s continuous-flow mode— e.g.. type CE ebrBsrve blasting resptralor^ operated in a continuous-flow mode.

• Full facepiece air purifying respirator witfi filgh efficiency filters.*

• Tight fitting powered air purifying respirator vtith high efficiency filters.*

• FuH facepiece suppfiod air iBsptVator operated ir7 d » -mand mode.

• 'A masir or ^ i l facepiece supplied air respirator operated in a continuous-flow mode.

• F u i facepiece seff-con-talned breetf^ng apparatus (SCBAI operated tn de mand mode.

• ' / i masJr supplied air respirator operated in pros-sure demand or o<her posi-trve.pre35ure mode.

• FuU facepiece supplied air respirator operated m pressure demand or othar positive-pressure mode—e.g.. type CE abrasive bfasting respirator operated in a positive-pfessur* mode.

• Fu l facepiece SCBA operated in pressure t iemand a oltwr posil ivt-pressure mode.

< Respfraton specified for higher coocentrallons can be used at lower concentrations of lead.

' F t i t facepiece is required if ttw tead aerosols cause eye or ' sJdn irritation at the use ccry^entralions.

' A high efficiency panicutate filter (HEPA) means a fitter that ts 99.97 percent efftcJenl against partides ot 0.3 micron size or larger.

(3) Respirator usage. (1) The employer shall assure that the respirator issued to the employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and that the respirator Is fitted properly.

(11) Employers shall perform either quantitative or qualitative face fit tests at the time of Initial fitting and at least every six months thereafter for each employee wearing negative pressure respirators. The qualitative fit tests may be used only for testing the fit of half-mask respirators where they are permitted to be worn, and shall be conducted In accordance with appendix D of this section. The testa shall be used to select facepieces that provide


the required protection as prescribed in Table I.

(Ill) If an employee exhibits difficulty In breathing during the fitting test or during use, the employer shall make available to the employee an examination In accordance with paragraph (J)(3)(1)(B) of this section to determine whether the employee can wear a respirator while performing the required duty.

(4) Respirator program. (1) The em-. ployer shall Institute a respiratory protection program in accordance with 23 CFR 1910.134 (b), (d), (e) and (0.

(11) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter respirator to change the filter elements whenever an Increase In breathing resistance 1B detected and shall maintain an adequate supply of filter elements for this purpose.

(ill) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave work areaa to wash their face and respirator face-piece whenever necessary to prevent skin Irritation associated with respirator use.

(g) Protective work clothing and equipment—(1) Provision and use. Where an employee Is exposed to lead above the PEL without regard to the use of respirators, where employees are exposed to lead compounds which may cause skin or eye Irritation (e.g. lead arsenate, lead azide), and as interim protection for employees performing tasks aa Bi)eclfled In paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure that the employee uses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment that prevents contamination of the employee and the employee's garments such as, but not limited to:

(1) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;

(II) Gloves, hats, and shoes or disposable shoe coverlets; and

(III) Face shields, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective equipment which complies with §1910.133 of this chapter.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (1) The employer shall provide the protective clothing required In paragraph (g)(1) of this section in a clean and dry condition at least weekly, and dally to employees whose exposure levels without

Occupational Safety and Healtti Admin., Latter §1926.62

regard to a respirator are over 200 \igl m> ot lead as an B-hour TWA.

(II) The employer shall provide for the cleaning, laundering, and disposal of protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(III) The employer shall repair or replace required protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all prot(!ctive clothing Is removed at the completion of a work shift only In change areas provided for that purpose as prescribed In paragraph (1)(2) of this section.

(V) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is to be cleaned; laundered, or disposed of, is placed In a closed container in the change a:rea which prevents dispersion of lead outside the container.

(vl) The employer shall inform in writing any person who cleans or launders protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to lead.

(vii) The employer shall assure that the containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph (g)(2)(v) of this section arc labeled as follows;

Caution: Clothing contaminated with lead. Do not remove dust by blowing or shaking. Dispose of lead contaminated wash water In accordance with applicable local, state, or li;d(!ial rcKulallons.

Iviii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of lead from protective clothing or equipment by blowing, shaking, or any other means which disperses k-iid into the air.

(h) Housekeeping—il) All surfaces shall bo maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of lead.

(2) Clean-up of Doors and other sur-faciis where lead accumulates shall wherever possible, be cleaned by vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of lead becoming airborne.

(3) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping, and brushing may be used only where vacuuming or other equally effective methods have been tried and found not to be effective.

(4) Where vacuuming methods are selected, the vacuums shall be equipped with HEPA filters and used and emptied In a manner which minimizes the reentry of lead Into the workplace.

(5) Compressed air shall not be used to remove lead from any surface unless the compressed air is used in conjunction with a ventilation system de-signed to capture the airborne dust created by the compressed air.

(1) Hygiene facilities and practices. (I) The employer shall assure that In areas where employees are exposed to lead above the PEL without regard to the use of respirators, food or beverage Is not present or consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied.

(2) Change areas. (I) The employer shall provide clean change areas for employees whose airborne exposure to lead Is above the PEL, and as Interim protection for employees performing tasks as specified In paragraph (d)(2) of this section, without regard to the use of re.splrators.

(II) The employer shall assure that change areas are equipped with separate storage facilities for protective work clothing and equipment and for street clothes which prevent cross-contamination.

(Hi) The employer shall assure that employees do not leave the workplace wearing any protective clothing or equipment that is required to be worn during the work shift.

(3) Showers. (I) The employer shall provide shower facilities, where feasible, for use by employees whose airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL.

(ii) The employer shall assure, where shower facilities are available, that employees shower at the end of the work shift and shall provide an adequate supply of cleansing agents and towels for use by affected employees.

(4) Eating facilities, (i) The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities or eating areas for employees whose airborne exposure to lead Is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators.

(li) The employer shall assure that lunchroom facilities or eating areas are as free as practicable from lead

142 143

IO o o OJ VD O

§ 1926.62

contamination and are readily accessible to employees.

(ill) The employer shall assure that employees whose airborne exposure to lead Is above the PEL, without regard to the use of a respirator, wash their hands and face prior to eating, drinking, smoking or applying cosmetics.

(iv) The employer shall assure that employees do not enter lunchroom facilities or eating areaa with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface lead dust haa been removed by vacuuming, downdraft booth, or other cleaning method that limits dispersion of lead dust.

(5) Hand washing facililies. (1) The employer shall provide adequate handwashing facilities for use by employees exposed to lead in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.51(f).

(11) Where showers are not provided the employer shall assure that employees wash their hands and face at the end of the work-shift.

(J) Medical surveillance—(1) General. (1) The employer shall make available initial medical surveillance to employees occupatlonally exposed on any day to lead at or above the action level. Initial medical surveillance consists of biological monitoring in the form of blood sampling and analysis for lead and zinc protoporphyrin levels.

(11) The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program in accordance with paragraphs (j)(2) and (J)(3) of this section for all employees who are or may he exposed by the employer' at or above the action level for more than 30 days In any consecutive 12 months;

(ill) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician.

(iv) The employer shall make available the required medical surveillance Including multiple physician review under paragraph (J)(3)(ill) without cost to employees and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) Biological monitorinQ—{i) Blood lead and ZPP level sampling and analysis. The employer shall make available biological monitoring In the form of blood sampling and analysis for lead and zinc protoporphyrin levels to each employee covered under paragraphs (JKi)(i) and

29 CFR Cti. XVII (7-1-95 Edttton)

(11) of this section on the followlni schedule:

(A) For each employee covered under paragraph (J)(l)(ll) of this section, at least every 2 months for the first e months and every 6 months thereafter;

(B) For each employee covered under paragraphs (j)(l) (1) or (II) of this section whose last blood sampling and analysis indicated a blood lead level nt or above 40 Mg''dl, at least every two months. This frequency shall continue until two consecutive blood samplei and analyses indicate a blood lead level below 40 (ig/dl; and

(C) For each employee who Is removed from exposure to lead due to ao elevated blood lead level at least monthly during the removal period.

(II) Follow-up blood sampling tutt. Whenever the resulta of a blood lead level test Indicate that an employee'i blood lead level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal under paragraph (k)(l)(l) of this section, the employer shall provide a second (follow-up) blood sampling test within two weeks after the employer receives the results of the first blood sampling teat,

(iil) Accuracy of blood lead level sampling and analysis. Blood lead level sampling and analysis provided pursuant to this section shall have an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95 percent) within plus or minus 15 percent or 6 Mg/dl, whichever Is greater, and shall be conducted by a laboratory approved by OSHA.

(Iv) Employee notification. (A) Within five working days after the receipt ol biological monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee In writing of his or her blood lead level; and

(B) the employer shall notify each employee whose blood lead level exceeds 40 |ig/dl that the standard requires temporary medical removal with Medical Removal Protection benefits when an employee's blood lead level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal under paragraph (k)(l)(l) of this section.

(3) Medical examinations and consultations—(1) Frequency. The employer shall make available medical examination) and consultations to each employee covered under paragraph (J)(l)(ll) of this section on the following schedule:

Occupational Safety and Hoaltti Admin., Labor §1926.62

(A) At least annually for each employee for whom a blood sampling test conducted at any time during the preceding 12 months indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 (xg/dl;

(B) As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either that the employee has developed signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead Intoxication, that the employee desires medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on the employee's ability to procreate a healthy child, that the employee is pregnant, or that the employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathing during a respirator fitting test or during use; and

(C) As medically appropriate for each employee either removed from exposure to lead due to a risk of sustaining material impairment to health, or otherwise limited pursuant to a final medical determination.

(II) Content. The content of medical examinations made available pursuant lo paragraph (j)(3)(i)(B)-(C) of this section shall be determined by an examining physician and, if requested by an employee, shall Include pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of male fertility. Medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraph (j)(3)(i)(A) of this section shall include the following elements;

(A) A detailed work history and a medical history, with particular attention to past lead exposure (occupational and non-occupational), personal habits (smoking, hygiene), and past Kastrointestinal, hematologic, renal, cardiovascular, reproductive and neurological problems;

(B) A thorough physical examination, with particular attention to teeth, Kums, hematologic, gastrointestinal, renal, cardiovascular, and neurological systems. Pulmonary status should be evaluated if respiratory protection will be used;

(C) A blood pressure measurement; (D) A blood sample and analysis

which determines; (1) Blood lead level; {2) Hemoglobin and hematocrit deter

minations, red cell indices, and examination of peripheral smear morphology;

(J) Zinc protoporphyrin;

W Blood urea nitrogen; and, (5) Serum creatinine; (E) A routine urinalysis with micro

scopic examination; and (F) Any laboratory or other test rel

evant to lead exposure which the examining physician deems necessary by sound medical practice.

(Ill) Multiple physician review mechanism. (A) If the employer selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or consultation provided to an employee under this section, the employee may designate a second physician:

U) To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the Initial physician; and

(2) To conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests aa the second physician deems necessary to facilitate this review.

(B) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to this section. The employer may condition its participation in, and payment for, the multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee doing the following within fifteen (15) days, after receipt of the foregoing notification, or receipt of the initial physician's written opinion, whichever Is later:

(/) The employee Informing the employer that he or she intends to seek a second medical opinion, and

(2) The employee initiating steps to make an appointment with a second physician.

(C) If the findings, determinations or recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two physicians to resolve any disagreement.

(D) If the two physicians have been unable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and the employee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician:

(;) To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the prior physicians; and

144 145

O O CO to

§1926.62

(.2) To conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems necessary to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians.

(E) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, determinations and recommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee reach an agreement which is otherwise consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the three physicians.

(Iv) Information provided to examining and consulting physicians. (A) The employer shall provide an initial physician conducting a medical examination or consultation under this section with the following information:

U) A copy of this regulation for lead Including all Appendices;

(2) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure;

{3} The employee's exposure level or anticipated exposure level to lead and to any other toxic substance (if applicable);

{4) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used;

(5) Prior blood lead determinations; and

(6) All prior written medical opinions concerning the employee in the employer's possession or control.

(B) The employer shall provide the foregoing Information to a second or third physician conducting a medical examination or consultation under this section upon request either by the second or,third physician, or by the employee.

(v) Written medical opinions. (A) The employer shall obtain and furnish the employee with a copy of a written medical opinion from each examining or consulting physician which contains only the following Information:

(7) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical condition which would place the employee a t increased risk of material Impairment of the employee's health from exposure to lead;

{2) Any recommended special protective measures to be provided to the employee, or limitations to be placed upon the employee's exposure to lead;


(J) Any recommended limitation upon the employee's use of respirators, including a determination of whether the employee can wear a powered air purifying respirator if a physician determines that the employee cannot wear a negative pressure respirator; and

(4) The results of the blood lead determinations.

(B) The employer shall Instruct each examining and consulting physician lo:

U) Not reveal either in the written opinion or orally, or In any other means of communication with the em- ; ployer, findings, including laboratory ! results, or diagnoses unrelated to an i employee's occupational exposure to lead; and

(2) Advise the employee of any medical condition, occupational or nonoccupational, which dictates further medical examination or treatment.

(vi) i4((erna(e physician determination mechanisms. The employer and an employee or authorized employee representative may agree upon the use of any alternate physician determination mechanism in lieu of the multiple physician review mechanism provided by paragraph (j)(3)(lil) of this section so long as the alternate mechanism Is as expeditious and protective as the requirements contained in this paragraph.

(4) Chelation, (i) The employer shall assure that any person whom he retains, employs, supervises or controls does not engage in prophylactic chelation of any employee at any time.

(il) If therapeutic or diagnostic chelation Is to be performed by any person in paragraph (j)(4)(i) of this section, the employer shall assure that it be done under the supervision of a licensed physician In a clinical setting with thorough and appropriate medical monitoring and that the employee Is notified in writing prior to its occurrence.

(k) Medico/ removal profeciion—(1) Temporary medical removal and return of an employee—(1) Temporary removal due lo elevated blood lead level. The employer shall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that a periodic and a follow-up blood

Occupational Safety and Healtti Admin., Labor §1926.62

sampling test conducted pursuant to this section indicate that the employee's blood lead level is at or above 50 ng/dl; and,

(11) Temporary removal due to a final medical determination. (A) The employer Hhall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that a final medical determination results In a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employee has a delected medical condition which places the employee at Increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.

(B) For the purposes of this section, the phrase final medical determination means the written medical opinion on the employees' health status by the examining physician or. where relevant, the outcome of the multiple physician review mechanism or alternate medical determination mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section.

(C) Whei'e a final medical determination results in any recommended special protective measures for an employee, or limitations on an employee's exposure to lead, the employer shall implement and act consistent with the recommendation.

(ill) Return of the employee to former liilt .-ilatus. (A) The employer shall re-iiiin an employee to his or her former job .status:

ll) For an employee removed due to a hlood lead level at or above 50 pg/dl when two consecutive blood sampling (csls indicate that the employee's lilood load level is at or below 40 |ig/dl;

I') For an employee removed due to a final medical determination, when a .subsequent final medical determination results in a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employee no longer has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.

(D) For the purposes of this section, the requirement that an employer return an employee to his or her former job status is not intended to expand upon or restrict any rights an employee has or would have had, absent temporary medical removal, to a specific job classification or position

under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

(iv) Removal of other employee special protective measure or limitations. The employer shall remove any limitations placed on an employee or end any special protective measures provided to an employee pursuant to a final medical determination when a subsequent final medical determination Indicates that the limitations or special protective measures are no longer necessary.

(V) Employer options pending a final medical determination. Where the multiple physician review mechanism, or alternate medical determination mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section, has not yet resulted In a final medical determination with respect to an employee, the employer shall act as follows:

(A) Removal. The employer may remove the employee from exposure to lead, provide special protective measures to the employee, or place limitations upon the employee, consistent with the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations of any ot the physicians who have reviewed the employee's health status.

(B) Return. The employer may return the employee to his or her former job status, end any special protective measures provided to the employee, and remove any limitations placed upon the employee, consistent with the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations of any of the physicians who have reviewed the employee's health status, with two exceptions.

(f) If the initial removal, special protection, or limitation of the employee resulted from a final medical determination which differed from the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial physician or;

(2) If the employee has been on removal status for the preceding eighteen months due to an elevated blood lead level, then the employer shall await a final medical determination.

(2) Medical removal protection benefits—(i) Provision of medical removal proieclion benefits. The employer shall provide an employee up to eighteen (18) months of medical removal protection benefits on each occasion that an employee is removed from exposure to

146 147

§1926.1118

contact with vinyl chloride, while a more comprehensive examination Is made.

Additional tests which may be useful: A. For kidney dysfunction: urine examina

tion for albumin, red blood cells, and exfoliative abnormal colls.

B. Pulmonary system: Forced vital capacity. Forced expiratory volume at 1 second, and chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior, 14 X17 Inches (35.56 x 43.18 cm)).

C. Additional serum tests: Lactic acid dehydrogenase, lactic add dehydrogenase Isoenryme, protein determination, and protein electrophoresis.

D. For a more comprehensive examination on repeated abnormal serum tests: Hepatitis B antigen, and liver scanning.

5192&X118 Inorganic arsenic. (a) Scope and application. This section

applies to all occupational exposures to Inorganic arsenic except that this section does not apply to employee exposures In agriculture or resulting from pesticide application, the treatment of wood with preservatives or the utilization of arsenically preserved wood.

(b) Definitions. Action level means a concentration of Inorganic arsenic of 5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (5 iigim^) averaged over any eight (8) hour period.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (e) of this section.

Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or designee.

Inorganic arsenic means copper aceto-arsenite and all inorganic compounds containing arsenic except arsln'e, measured as arsenic (As).

(c) Permissible exposure limit. The employer shall assure that no employee Is exposed to inorganic arsenic at concentrations greater than 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air (10 (ig/m^), averaged over any 8-hour period.

29 CFR Cti. XVII (7-1-95 Edttton)

(d) Notification of use. (1) By October • 1, 1978 or within 60 days after the intro

duction of inorganic arsenic Into the workplace, every employer who Is required to establish a regulated area In his workplaces shall report in writing to the OSHA area office for each such workplace:

(1) The address of each such workplace;

(11) The approximate number of employees who will be working in regulated areas; and

(Hi) A brief summary of the operations creating the exposure and the actions which the employer intends to take to reduce exposures.

(2) Whenever there has been a significant change in the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section the employer shall report the changes In writing within 60 days to the OSHA area office.

(e) Exposure moniloring—(1) General. (I) Determinations of airborne exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative of each employee's exposure to inorganic arsenic over an eight (8) hour period.

(11) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

(ill) The employer shall collect full shift (for at least 7 continuous hours) personal samples Including at least one sample for each shift for each job classification in each work area.

(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this standard shall monitor each such workplace and work operation to accurately determine the airborne concentration of Inorganic arsenic to which employees may be exposed.

(3) Frequency, (i) If the Initial monitoring reveals employee exposure to be below the action level the measure ments need not be repeated except u otherwise provided in paragraph (ami of this section.

(11) If the initial monitoring, requlrrJ by this section, or subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to t* above the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat monitoring at least quarterly.

Occupaf\ona\ Satoty and Heattti Admln., Labor

(ill) If the Initial monitoring, required by this section, or subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the action level and below the permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring at least every six months.

(iv) The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the action level at which time the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee until such time as any of the events In paragraph (e)(4) of this section occur.

(4) Additional moniloring. Whenever there has been a production, process, control or persona] change which may result In new or additional exposure to Inorganic arsenic, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposures to Inorganic arsenic, additional monitoring which compiles with paragraph (e) of this sec-lion shall be conducted.

(5) Employee notification. (I) Within five (5) working days after the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee In writing of ihe results which represent that employee's exposures.

(II) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall include In the written notice a statement that the poimissible exposure limit was ex-vcoded and a description of the corrective uction taken to reduce exposure to or helow the permissible exposure limit.

iCi Accuracy of measurement. (I) The fnipioyer shall use a method of moniloring and measurement which has an »t.curacy (with a confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 2i ptrcent for concentrations of inor-itJolc arsenic greater than or equal to

• III The employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which tiij an accuracy (with confidence level ol 95 percent) of not less than plus or fnlnus 35 percent for concentrations of iiorifanlc arsenic greater than 5 iig/m^ tiut less than 10 i,g/m\

§1926.1118

(0 Regulated area—(1) Establishment. The employer shall establish regulated areas where worker exposures to Inorganic arsenic, without regard to the use of respirators, are In excess of the permissible limit.

(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated from the rest of the workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who will be exposed to inorganic arsenic.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons or to persons otherwise authorized by the Act or regulations Issued pursuant thereto to ent*rsuch areas.

(4) Provision of respirators. All persons entering a regulated area shall be supplied with a respirator, selected In accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall assure that In regulated areas, food or beverages are not consumed, smoking products, chewing tobacco and gum arc not used and cosmetics are not applied, except that these activities rhay be conducted In the lunchrooms, change rooms and showers required under paragraph (m) of this section. Drinking water may be consumed in the regulated area.

(g) Methods of compliance—(1) Controls. (1) The employer shall Institute at the earliest possible time but not later than December 31, 1979, engineering and work practice controls to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Where engineering and .work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, they shall nonetheless be used to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall be supplemented by the use of respirators In accordance with paragraph (h) of this section and other necessary personal protective equipment. Employee rotation is not required as a control strategy before respiratory protection is Instituted.

(2) Compliance Program. (I) The employer shall establish and Implement a written program to reduce exposures to

to o o w

710 711

§1926.1118

or below the permissible exposure limit by means of engineering and work practice controls.

(11) Written plans for these compliance programs shall Include at least the following:

(A) A description of each operation in which Inorganic arsenic Is emitted; e.g. machinery used, material processed, controls In place, crew size, operating procedures and maintenance practices;

(B) Engineering plans and studies used to determine methods selected for controlling exposure to Inorganic arsenic;

(C) A report of the technology considered In meeting the permissible exposure limit;

(D) Monitoring data; (E) A detailed schedule for Implemen

tation of the engineering controls and work practices that cannot be implemented Immediately and for the adaption and implementation of any additional engineering and work practices necessary to meet the permissible exposure limit;

(F) Whenever the employer will not achieve the permissible exposure limit with engineering controls and work practices by December 31, 1979, the employer shall Include In the compliance plan an analysis ofthe effectiveness of the various controls, shall Install engineering controls and institute work practices on the quickest schedule feasible, and shall Include in the compliance plan and implement a program to minimize the discomfort and maximize the effectiveness of respirator use; and

(G) Other relevant information. (ill) Written plans for such a program

shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, Director, any affected employee or authorized employee representatives.


(Iv) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and updated at least every 6 months to reflect the current status of the program.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General. The employer shall assure that respirators are used where required under ihls section to reduce employee exposures to below the permissible exposure limit and In emergencies. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:

(1) During the time period necessary to install or implement feasible engineering or work practice controls;

(11) In work operations such as maintenance and repair activities in which the employer establishes that engineering and work practice controls are not feasible;

(Hi) In work situations in which engineering controls and supplemental work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit; or

(iv) In emergencies. (2) Respirator selection. (1) Where res

pirators are required under this section the employer shall select, provide at no cost to the employee and assure the use of the appropriate respirator or combination of respirators from Table I below for Inorganic arsenic compounds without significant vapor pressure, or Table II below for inorganic arsenic compounds which have significant vapor pressure.

(Ii) Where employee exposures exceed the permissible exposure limit for Inorganic arsenic and also exceed the relevant limit for particular gases such aa sulfur dioxide, any air purifying respirator supplied to the employee as permitted by this standard must have » combination high efficiency filter with an appropriate gas sorbent. (See footnote in Table 1)

TABtE I—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENIC PARTICULATE EXCEPT FOR THOS£ WITH SIGNIFICAMT VAPOR PRESSURE

Coocentration o( Inorganic arsenic (tt« A i ) or condition of use

(1) Unknown or greater or l e u e r Vian 20.000 figl m" (20 mo 'm ' ) or (irellghllng.

(>) Not g r u t a r than 20.000 (Upm" (20 nVnV") . -

Required respirator

(A) Any lull lacepiece sell-contained breathing apparaiui operai»d in po*»»«

pressure mode. (A) Supplied ek respirator with lull lacepiece. hood, or helmet a t u l f S V

»raled In positive pressure mode.

Occupational Safety and Hoaltti Admin., Labor §1926.1118

TABLE I—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENIC PARTICULATE EXCEPT FOR THOSE WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE—Continued

t^oncentralion ol inorganic arsenic (as As) or condition of use

(ili| Not greater Iha/) lO.OOO |ig/m> (10 m ^ m ' )

(iv} Not greater than 500 ttQim^

(v) Not greater than 100 i ig im '

Required respirator

(A) Powered airisuritymg respirators in all inlet lace coverings with high efficiency filters.! (B) Hall^njisi; lopplied air respirators operated In positive pressure mode.

(A) Fu l facepiece air^xrifying reipiralor equipped with hi^-ef l ic iency filler.' (8) Any full facepiece i i^ ipl ied air respirator. (C) Any fu l facepiece self, contained txeathing e^^paratui.

(A) HaJi-dlask air-purifying respiiaior equipped wiih high.«fficieocy filler.' (B) Any halt-mask supplied air respirator.

'High-efficieocy filler—99.97 pet efficiency against 0.3 mioomeler monodispersfl altthyl-heiyl phmalate (OOP) panicles.

TABLE II—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENIOLS (SUCH AS ARSENIC TRICHLORIDE' AND ARSENIC PHOSPHIDE) WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE

Concentration of inorganic arsenic (as As) or condition of use

(i) Unknown or greater or lesser ihan 20,000 (ig/ m ' (JOrngTm') or firefighting.

(il} Not greater than 20.000 >ig/m' (20 m^m^) ...

(iB) Not greater than tO.OOO pg/m^ (tOmg/m') ... (IV) Not graaler Ihan 500 pg fm '

(v) Not greater than lOO ( ig 'm '

Required respirator

(A) Any fu l facepiece s«lf<ontained breathing apparatus operated V\ positive pressure mode.

(A) Supplied air respirator with IJ I iKepiece hood, or helmet w suit and operated in positive pressure mode.

(A) Haff-mask' supplied air respirator operated in posibve pressure mode. (A) Front or back mounted gas mask equipped with high-effdericy filter' and

ack) gas canister. (B) Any lull lacepiece supplied air respirator. (C) Any l u l facepiece self-conlaJned brealhir>g i^sparatus.

(A) Hall-mask' air^sorilying respirator equipped with high.efficie(x:y filler' and ackl gas carvkJge. (0) Any half-mask supplied air respirator.

'High efficiency filler—99.97 pel efficiency against 0.3 mic/omeler mooodisperse dielhyt-hexyt phthalate ( 0 0 1 ^ partcles. 'Halt-mask respirators shall not be used b r protectkxi against arsenic t/ichiorkJe. as if is rap«dly absot ied throuQh the sWn.

(Ill) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved for protection against dust, fume, and mist by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11.

(3) Respirator usage, (i) The employer shall assure that the respirator issued to the employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and that the respirator is fitted properly.

(ii) The employer shall perform qualitative fit tests at the time of Initial fitting and at least semi-annually thereafter for each employee wearing respirators, where quantitative fit icais arc not required.

(ill) Employers with more than 20 employees wearing respirators shall perform a quantitative face fit test at ihe time of Initial fitting and least semi-annually thereafter for each employee wearing negative pressure respirators. The test shall be used to se-lecl facepieces that provide the required protection as prescribed in Table I or II.

(Iv) If an employee has demonstrated fllfflculty in breathing during the fit

ting test or during use, he or she shall be examined by a physician trained in pulmonary medicine to determine whether the employee can wear a respirator while performing the required duty.

(4) Respirator program. (1) The employer shall institute a respiratory protection program In accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103 (e), (g), (h) and (1).

(11) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase In breathing resistance Is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply of filter elements for this purpose.

(iii) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave work areas to wash their face and respirator face-piece to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use.

(5) Commencement of respirator use. (I) The employer's obligation to provide respirators commences on August 1, 1978 for employees exposed over 500 pg/ m' ot inorganic arsenic, as soon as possible but not later than October 1, 1978 for employees exposed to over 50 |ig/m'

to o o OJ

712 713

O O

> » > i

§1926.1116

of Inorganic arsenic, and as soon as possible but not later than December 1, 1978 for employees exposed between 10 and 50 jig/m' of Inorganic arsenic.

(11) Employees with exposures below 50 fig/m' of inorganic arsenic may choose not to wear respirators until December 31, 1979.

(ill) After December 1, 1978 any employee required to wear air-purifying respirators may choose, and If so chosen the employer must provide, if it will give proper protection, a powered air purifying respirator and In addition If necessary a combination dust and acid gas respirator for times where exposures to gases are over the relevant exposure limits.

(1) [Reserved] (J) Protective work clothing and equip

ment—{!) Provision and use. Where t he possibility of skin or eye Irritation from inorganic arsenic exists, and for all workers working In regulated areas, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure that employees use appropriate and clean protective work clothing and equipment such as, but not limited to;

(1) Coveralls or s imi lar full-body work c lo thing;

(II) Gloves, and shoes or coverlets ; (III) Face shields or vented goggles

when necessary to prevent eye irritation, which comply with the requirements of §1926.102; and

(Iv) Impervious clothing for employees subject to exposure to arsenic trichloride.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (I) The employer shall provide the protective clothing required in paragraph (J)(l) of this section in a freshly laundered and dry condition at least weekly, and dally If the employee works in areas where exposures are over 100 lig/tn^ of Inorganic arsenic or In areas where more frequent washing Is needed to prevent skin Irritation.

(11) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective clothing required by paragraph (])(1) of this section.

(ill) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing Is removed at


the completion of a work shift only in change rooms prescribed In paragraph (m)(l) of this section.

(V) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothinj which is to be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closed container in the change-room which prevents dispersion of inorganic arsenic outside the container.

(vi) The employer shall inform In writing any person who cleans or launders clothing required by this section, of the potentially harmful effects including the carcinogenic effects of ex-posure to Inorganic arsenic.

(vii) The employer shall assure thai the containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment in ths workplace or which are to be removed from the workplace are labelled as follows:

CAITTION: Clothing contaminated with inorganic, arsenic; do not remove dust by blowing or shaking. Dispose of Inorganic arsenic contaminated wash water in accordance with applicable local, State or Federal regulations.

(viii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of inorganic arsenic from protective clothing or equipment by blowing or shaking.

(k) Housekeeping—i'i) Surfaces. All surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of Inorganic arsenic.

(2) Cleaning floors. Floors and other accessible surfaces contaminated with inorganic arsenic may not be cleaned by the use of compressed air, and shovel ing and brushing may be used only where vacuuming or other relevant m e t h o d s have been tried and found not to be effective.

(3) Vacuuming. Where vacuumlnj me thods are selected, the vacuums shal l be used and emptied In a manner to minimize the r een t ry of Inorganic arsenic Into the workplace.

(4) Housekeeping plan. A written housekeeping and maintenance plan shall be kept which shall list appropriate frequencies for carrying out housekeeping operations, and for cleaning and maintaining dust collection equipment. The plan shall be available for inspection by the Assistant Secretary.

Occupational Safety and Hoaltti Admln., LalxM §1926.1118

(5) Maintenance of equipment. Periodic cleaning of dust collection and venti lation equipment and checks of the i r effectiveness shall be carried out to maintain the effectiveness of the system and a notat ion kept of the las t check of effectiveness and cleaning or maintenance.

(1) [Reserved] (m) Hygiene facililies and practices—(1)

Change rooms. The employer shall provide for employees working in regu-iRled areas or subject to the possibili ty of akin or eye Irr i ta t ion from inorganic arsenic, clean change rooms equipped v.'ith storage facilities for s t r ee t clothes and separate s torage facilities for protective clothing and equipment in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.51(1).

(2) SUotvers. (1) The employer shall assure that employees working In regu-littcd areas or subject to the possibili ty of skin or eye Irr i tat ion from Inorganic arsenic shower a t the end of the work stiifl.'

(ii) The employer shall provide show-rr facilities in accordance with 11926.51(f)(4).

(3) Lunchrooms, (i) The employer shiill provide for employees working iii rfK'uliited areas, lunchroom facilities which have a tempera ture controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, nnd which are readily accessible to employees working in regulated areas.

Ill) The employer shall assure t h a t iinployces working in the regulated una or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irr i ta t ion from exposure to Inorganic arsenic wash their hands and (AIC prior to eating.

t-ll Lavatories. The employer shall provide lavatory facilities which comply wilh § 1920.51(0 (2) and (3).

i5i Vacuuming clothes. The employer •h.ill provide facilities for employees onrking in areas where exposure, wlth-"ul regard to the use of respirators , ex-"Tils lOOpg/m^ to vacuum their protec-iivi- clothing and clean or change shoes »iirn In such areas before enter ing ih.inue rooms, lunchrooms or shower fiiotns required by paragraph (j) of th is »<-iilon and shall assure t h a t such em-Pliiyees use such facilities.

<6i Avoidance of skin irritation. The f'tiployer shall assure t h a t no em-Phi.vcc is exposed to skin or eye con-'•iii with arsenic trichloride, or to skin

or eye contact with liquid or par t iculate inorganic arsenic which is likely to cause skin or eye Irr i ta t ion,

(n) Medical surveillance—(I) General— (1) Employees covered. The employer shall ins t i tu te a medical surveillance program for the following employees;

(A) All employees who are or will be exposed above the act ion level, wi thout regard to the use of respirators , a t least 30 days per year; and

(B) All employees who have been exposed above the action level, wi thout regard to respirator use, for 30 days or more per year for a total of 10 years or more of combined employment with the employer or predecessor 'employers prior to or after the effective date of this s tandard. The determinat ion of exposures prior to the effective date cf this standard shall be based upon prior exposure records, comparison with the first measurements taken after the effective date of this s tandard, or comparison with records of exposures In areas with s imilar processes, extent of engineering controls utilized and materials used by tha t employer.

(ii) Examination by physician. The employer shall assure tfiat all medical examinat ions and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay and a t a reasonable time and place.

(2) Initial examinations. By December 1, 1978, for employees init ial ly covered by the medical provisions of this section, or thereafter a t the time of Initial assignment to an area where the employee Is likely to be exposed over the action level a t least 30 days per year, the employer shall provide .each affected employee an opportunity for a medical examinat ion. Including a t least the following elements:

(i) A work history and a medical history which shall Include a smoking history and the presence and degree of respiratory symptorris such as breath-lessness, cough, sputum production and wheezing.

(ii) A medical examinat ion which shall Include a t leas t the following:

(A) A 14" by 17" (35.56 x 43.18 cm) posterior-anterior chest X-ray and International Labor Office UlCC/Clnclnnatl (ILO U/C) rating;

714 715

O O 00 <x>

§1926.1118

(B) A nasal and skin examination; (C) A sputum cytology examination;

and (D) Other examinations which the

physician believes appropriate because of the employees exposure to Inorganic arsenic or because of required respirator use.

(3) Periodic examinalions. (I) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ll) (A), (B), and (D) at least annually for covered employees who are under 45 years of age with fewer than 10 years of exposure over the action level without regard to respirator use.

(II) The employer shall provide the uxaminatlons specified in paragraphs (r.)(2)(I) and (n)(2)(li) of this section at least semi-annually for other covered employees.

(III) Whenever a covered employee has not taken the examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(I) and (n)(2)(Ii) of this section within six (6) months preceding the termination of employment, the employer shall provide such examinations to the employee upon termination of employment.

(4) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops signs or symptoms commonly associated with exposure to Inorganic arsenic the employer shall provide an appropriate examination and emergency medical treatment.

(5) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the following information to the examining physician:

(I) A copy of this standard and its appendices;

(II) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure;

(ill) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated exposure level;

(Iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee which Is not readily available to the examining physician.

(6) Physician's written opinion, (i) The employer shall obtain a written opinion frc.-h the examining , physician which shall Include:


(A) The results ofthe medical examination and tests performed;

(B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of material Impairment of the employee's health from exposure to inorganic arsenic;

(C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to inorganic arsenic or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(Iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to the affected employee.

(o) Employee information and training—(1) Training program. (1) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who are subject to exposure to Inorganic arsenic above the action level without regard to respirator use, or for whom there is the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic. The employer shall assure that those employees participate in the training program.

(11) The training program shall be provided by October 1, 1978, for employees covered by this provision, at the time of Initial assignment for ihos* subsequently covered by this provision, and shall be repeated at least quarterly for employees who have optional use of respirators and at least annually for other covered employees thereafter, and the employer shall assure th&t each employee is informed of the following;

(A) The information contained In Ap pendlx A;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of use, storage, sources of exposure, M<I the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to Inonfa""' arsenic as well as any necessary protective steps;

(C) The purpose, proper use, and limitation of respirators;

Occupcrtlonal Safety and Healtti Admln., Latjor §1926.1118

(D) The purpose and a description of tha medical surveillance program aa required by paragraph (n) of this section;

(E) The engineering controls and work practices associated with the employee's job assignment; and

(F) A review of this standard. (2) Access lo training materials. (1) The

employer shall make readily available to all affected employees a copy of this standard and Its appendices.

(II) The employer shall provide; upon request, all materials relating to the employee Information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(p) Signs and labels—(1) General. (1) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances In addition to, or In combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph.

(II) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the meaning of the required sign or label.

(2) Signs. (1) The employer shall post BIK'HS demarcating regulated areas bearing the legend;

DANGER ^ORGANIC ARSENIC

CANCER HAZARD • AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

NO SMOKING OR EATING

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

DANGER CONTAINS INORGANIC ARSENIC

CANCER HAZARD HARMFUL IF INHALED OR SWALLOWED

USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTIUTION OR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

lil I The employer shall assure that Mi;ii.s lequired by this paragraph are 11-iuiiiinaicd and cleaned as necessary so 'h.a the legend is readily visible.

i3i Labels. The employer shall apply piecautionary labels to all shipping •>iid storage contaiiiers of Inorganic ar-I'liic. and to all products containing

inoru'iinic arsenic except when the inor-v.iiilc arsenic in the product is bound in «wh u manner so as to make unlikely Ihe possibility of airborne exposure to inorhMjiic arsenic. (Possible examples of products not requiring labels are "mlconductors, light emitting diodes "1(1 class). The label shall bear the following legend:

(q) Recordkeeping—(l) Exposure monitoring. (1) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (e) of this section.

(11) This record shall include: (A) The date(s), number, duration lo

cation, and results of each of the samples taken. Including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable;

(B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy;

(C) The type of respiratory protective devices worn. If any;

(D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employees monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the measurement Is Intended to represent; and

(E) The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of the employee's exposure.

(Ill) The employer shall maintain these monitoring records for at least 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever, is longer.

(2) Medical surveillance. (1) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by paragraph (n) of this section.

(li) This record shall Include: (A) The name, social security num

ber, and description of duties ot the employee;

(B) A copy of the physician's written opinions;

(C) Results of any exposure monitoring done for that employee and the representative exposure levels supplied to the physician; and

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to Inorganic arsenic.

(iii) The employer shall In addition keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps, the following medical records;

716 717

§1926.1116

(A) A copy of the medical examination resul ts Including medical and work history required under paragraph (n) of this section;

(B) A description of the l abora to ry procedures and a copy of any s t andards or guidelines used to in t e rp re t the t e s t resul ts or references to t h a t Information;

(C) The ini t ial X-ray; (D) The X-rays for the mos t recent 5

years; (E) Any X-rays with a demons t ra ted

abnormal i ty and all subsequent X-rays; (F) The Init ial cytologic examina t ion

slide and wri t ten descript ion; (G) The cytologic examina t ion slide

and wri t ten description for the mos t recent 5 years; and

(H) Any cytologic examina t ion slides with demonst ra ted a typ ia . If such a typ la persists for 3 years , and all subsequent slides and wr i t t en descr ipt ions .

(Iv) The employer shal l m a i n t a i n or assiure t h a t the physician m a i n t a i n s those medical records for a t leas t 40 years, or for the dura t ion of employment plus 20 years whichever is longer.

(3) Availability. (1) The employer shall make available upon reques t al l records required to be ma in t a ined by paragraph (q) of th is sec t ion to the Ass i s t an t Secre ta ry and the Direc tor for examinat ion and copying.

(11) Records required by th i s paragraph shall be provided upon reques t to employees, designated represen ta t ives , and the Assis tant Secre ta ry in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) th rough (e) and (g) through (I).

(4) Transfer of records. (1) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive and re ta in all records required to be main-

to tained by this section. o • (11) Whenever the employer ceases to o do business and there is no successor J; employer to receive and r e t a i n the <y, records required to be m a i n t a i n e d by

th is section for the prescribed period, these records shall be t r a n s m i t t e d to the Director.

(ill) At the expira t ion of the re tent ion period for the records required to be mainta ined by this sec t ion, tho employer shall notify the Director a t least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and shall t r a n s m i t those


records to the Director if he request* them within t h a t period.

(iv) The employer shall also comply with any addit ional requirements Involving the transfer of records set in 29 CFR 1926.33(h).

(r) 06xervQ(ion of 7nonitaring—(\) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees or their designated representa t ives an opportun i ty to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to Inorganic arsenic conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this sect ion.

(2) Observation procedures. (1) Whenever observat ion of the monitoring of employee exposure to Inorganic arsenic requires ent ry into an a rea where the use of respirators , protect ive clothing, or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with and assure the use of such respirators , clothing, and such equipment , and shall require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(11) Without interfer ing with the moni tor ing , observers shall be entitled to;

(A) Receive an explanation of the measu remen t procedures;

(B) Observe all steps related to the moni tor ing of Inorganic arsenic performed a t the place of exposure; and

(C) Record this resul t s obtained or receive copies of the resul ts when returned by the laboratory .

(s) Effective dale. This standard shall become effective August 1, 1978.

(t) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices to this section is no t intended by Itself, to create any addi t ional obligations not otherwlK' Imposed by this s tandard nor detract from any exist ing obligation.

(u) Startup dales—(1) General. Thf s t a r t u p dates of requirements of ihi' s tandard shall be the effective daU ol this s tandard unless another startup date Is provided for e i ther In oth(r paragraphs of this section or In ihn paragraph.

(2) Monitoring. Ini t ial monltorlr*-shall be commenced on August 1. l?^* and shall be completed by Septemb»t 15, 1978.

(3) Regulated areas. Regulated arru required to be established as a result c. ini t ia l moni tor ing shall be set up »J

Occupational Safety and Heattti Admln., Lat>of §1926.1118

BOon as possible after the resul ts of that monitoring is known and no la ter than October 1, 1978.

(4) Compliance program. The wri t ten program required by paragraph (g)(2) as a result of Init ial monitoring shall be made available for Inspection and copying as soon as possible and no later than December 1, 1978.

(5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities. Construction plans for change- rooms, showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed no l a t e r than December 1, 1978, and these facilities shall be constructed and tn use no later than Ju ly 1, 1979. However, If as part of the compliance plan i t is predicted by an Independent engineering firm that engineering controls and work practices will reduce exposures below the permissible exposure l imi t by December 31, 1979, for affected employees, then such facilities need not be completed unt i l 1 year after the engineering controls are completed or December 31, 1980, whichever is earlier. If such controls have not In fact succeeded In reducing exposure to below Ihe permissible exposure l imit .

(6) Summary of startup dates set forth thcwhere in this standard.

Startup Dates

August 1. 1978—Respirator use over 500 (ig/m .

as soon as possible but no later than Sfptember 15. 1978—Completion of Initial

moniloring. Oviobcr 1, 1978—Complete establishment of

ffKulaled areas. Respirator use for employ-ffs exposed above 50 pg/m . Completion of initial training. Notification of use.

l>fcember 1. 1978—Respirator use over 10 pg/ in'. Completion of Iriltlal medical. Completion of compliance plan. Optional use of powered alr-purlfying respirators.

Jjly 1. 1979—Completion ot lunch rooms and liyk-lene facilities.

("^tinber 31, 1979—Completion of enRlncer-iHK controls.

••1 other requirements of the standard have " Ihelr startup date August 1. 1978. Approved by the Office of Management and 'i'iiti under control number 1218—0104)

AITENDIX A TO 5 1926.1118-lNORaANIC

AKSENIC SUBSTANCE I/<FORMATION SHEET

/. Substance Identification A Substance. Inorganic Arsenic. B Oelinition. Copper acetoarsenlte. arsenic

• J «li inorganic compounds conulning ar

senic except arslne. measured as arsenic (As).

C. Permissible Ezposure Limit. 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air aa determined as an average over an B-hour period. No employee may be exposed to any skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride or to skin or eye contact likely to cause skin or eye Irritation.

D. Regulated Areas. Only employees authorized by your employer should enter a regulated area.

//. Health Hazard Data

A. Comments. The health hazard of Inorganic arsenic Is high.

B. Wai/s in which the chemical affects your body. Exposure to airborne concentrations of Inorganic arsenic may cause lung cancer, and can be a skin Irritant. Inorganic arsenic may also affect your body If swallowed. One compound In particular, arsenic trichloride. Is especially dangerous because It can be absorbed readily through the skin. Because Inorganic arsenic Is a poison, you should wash your hands thoroughly prior to eating or smoking.

///. Protective Clothing and Equipment

A. nespiralors. Respirators will be provided by your employer at no cost to you for routine use If your employer Is In the process of Implementing engineering and work practice controls or where engineering and work practice controls are not feasible or Insufficient. You must wear respirators for non-routine activities or In emergency situations where you are likely to be exposed to levels of Inorganic arsenic In excess of the permissible exposure limit. Since how well your respirator fits your face Is very Imixjrtant. your employer Is required to conduct fit tests to make sure the respirator seals properly when you wear It. These tests are simple and rapid and will be explained to you during tralning'sesslons.

B. Protective clothing. If you work In a regulated area, your employer Is required to provide at no cost to you. and you must wear, appropriate, clean. proWctlve clothing and equipment. The purpose of this equipment Is to prevent you from bringing to your home arsenic-contaminated dust and to protect your body from repeated skin contact with Inorganic arsenic likely to cause skin Irrlu-tlon. This clothing should Include such Items as coveralls or similar full-body clothing, gloves, shoes or coverlets, and aprons. Protective equipment should Include face shields or vented goggles, where eye Irritation may occur.

/v. Hygiene Facilities and Practices

You must not eat. drink, smoke, chew gum or tobacco, or apply cosmetics In the regulated area, except that drinking water Is per-

718 719

§1926.1127

acute toxic symptoms of trivalent arsenical poisoning are due to severe Inflammation of the mucous membranes and greatly Increased permeability of the blood capillaries.

Chronic arsenical poisoning due to Ingestion Is rare and generally confined to patients taking prescribed medications. However. It can be a concomitant of Inhaled Inorganic arsenic from swallowed sputum and Improper eating habits. Symptoms are weight loss, nausea and diarrhea alternating with constipation, pigmentation and eruption of the skin. l0!!3 of hair, and peripheral neuritis. Chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis have twen ilcKcrlbcd. Polyneuritis muy be the salient feature, but more frequently there are numbness and parasthcnias of "glove and stocking" distribution. The skin lesions are usually melanotic and keratotic and may occasionally take the form of an Intradermal cancer of the squamous cell type, but without Infiltrative properties. Horlsontal white lines (strlatlons) on the fingernails and toenails are commonly seen In chronic arsenical poisoning and are considered to be a diagnostic accompaniment of arsenical polyneuritis.

Inhalation of Inorganic arsenic compounds Is the most common cause of chronic poisoning In the Industrial situation. This condition Is divided Into three phases based on .signs and symptoms.

First Phase: The worker complains of weakness, loss of appetite, some nausea, occasional vomiting, a sense of heaviness In the .stomach, and some diarrhea.

Second Phase: The worker complains .of conjunctivitis, a catarrhal state of the mucous membranes of the nose, larynx, and respiratory passage. Coryza; hoarseness, and mild tracheobronchitis may occur. Perforation of the nasal septum Is common, and Is probably the most typical lesion of the upper respiratory tract In occupational exposure to arsenical dust. Skin lesions, eciematold and allergic In type, are common.

Third Phase: The worker complains ot symptoms ot peripheral neuritis. Initially of hands and feet, which Is essentially sensory. In more severe cases, motor paralyses occur; the first muscles affected are usually the toe extensors and the peronel. In only the most severe co.ses will paralysis of flexor muscles of the feet or ot the extensor muscles of hands occur.

Liver damage from chronic arsenical poisoning Is still debated, and as yet the question Is unanswered. In cases of chronic and acute arsenical poisoning, toxic effects to the myocardium have been reported based on EKG changes. These findings, however, are now largely discounted and the EKG changes are ascribed to electrolyte disturbances concomitant with arsenlcallsm. Inhalation of arsenic trioxide and other Inorganic arsenical dusts does not give rise to radiological evidence or pneumoconiosis. Arsenic does


have a depressant effect upon the bono marrow, with dlstuibances ot both erythropolesis and myelopolesls.

BiDLlOGnArllY

Dlnman, B. D. 1960. Arsenic: chronic human Intoxication. J. Occup. Med. 2:137.

Elklns, H. B. 1959. The Chenilstry of Industrial Toxicology. 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, New York.

Holmqulst, L. 1951. Occupational arsenical dermatitis; c study among employees at a copper-ore smelting works Including Investigations of skin reactions to contact with arsenic compounds. Acta. Derm. Venorcol. (Supp. 26) 31:1.

Pinto, S. S., and C. M. McGlll. 1953. Arsenic trioxide exposure In Industry. Ind. Med. Surg. 22:281.

Pinto. S. S.. and K. W. Nelson. 1976. Arsenic toxicology and Industrial exposure. Annu. Ilev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 16.95.

Vallce, B. L.. D. D. Ulmer, and W. E. C. Wttcker.- 1900. Arsenic toxicology and biochemistry. AMA Arch. Indust. Health 21:132.

);/. Sputum Cytology Sputum can be collected by aerosol inhala

tion during the medical exam or by spontaneous early morning cough at home. Sputum Is Induced by transoral Inhalation of an aerosolized solution of eight per cent (8 percent) sodium chloride In water. After Inhaling as few as three to five breaths the subject usually yields an adequate sputum. All sputum should be collected directly Into sixty percent (60 percent) alcohol.

Scientific evidence .suggests that chost X-rays and sputum cytology should be used together as screening tests for lung tests for lung cancer In high risk populations such as workers exposed to Inorganic arsenic. The tests are to be performed every six months on workers who are 45 years ot age or older or have worked In the regulated area for 10 or more years. Since tho tests seem to be' complementary. It may bo advantageous to alternate the test procedures. For Instance, chest X-rays could be obtained In June and December and sputum cytologies could be obtained In March and September. Facilities for providing necessary diagnostic Investigation should be readily available as well as chest physicians, surgeons, radiologists, pathologists and Immunotheraplsts to provide any necessary treatment services.

51926.1127 Cadmium.

(a) Scope. This s tandard applies to all occupa t iona l exposures to c a d m i u m and c a d m i u m compounds. In al l forms. In al l cons t ruc t ion work where an employee m a y potent ia l ly be exposed to cadmium. Construct ion work is defined as work involving const ruct ion, a l t e r -

722

l!^-ffi*i*0

Occupational Safety arid Healtti Admln., Labor §1926.1127

atlon and/or repair . Including but not l imited to the following:

(1) Wrecking, demolit ion or salvage of s t ruc tures where cadmium or mate rials containing cadmium are present;

(2) Use of cadmium contalnlng-palnts and cut t ing, brazing, burning, grinding or welding on surfaces tha t were painted with cadmium-containing paints ;

(3) Construction, a l tera t ion , repair, maintenance, or renovation of s t ructures, subst ra tes , or portions thereof, t ha t contain cadmium, or mater ia ls containing cadmium;

(4) Cadmium welding; cu t t ing and welding cadmium-plated steel; brazing or welding with cadmiurii alloys;

(5) Instal lat ion of products containing cadmium;

(6) Electrical grounding with cadmium welding, or electrical work using cadmium-coated conduit ;

(7) Maintaining or re t rof i t t ing cadmium-coated equipment:

(8) Cadmium contaminat ion/emergency cleanup; and

(9) Transpor ta t ion , disposal, s torage, or con ta inment of cadmium or mate rials containing cadmium on the si te or location a t which construct ion activities arc performed.

(b) Definitions. Action level (AL) is defined as an air

borne concentrat ion of cadmium of 2.5 micrograms per cubic mete r of a i r (2.5 |ig/m'). calculated as an 8-hour t ime-weighted average (TWA).;

Assistanl Secretary means the Assistan t Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorised person means any person authorized by the employer and required by work dut ies to be present in regulated areas or any penson authorized by the OSH Act or tegula t ions issued under i t to be in regulated areas.

Competent person, In accordance with 29 CFR 1926.32(0, m e a n s ' a person designated by the employer to ac t on the employer's behalf who is capable of Identifying existing and potent ial cadmium hazards in the workplace and the proper methods to control them in order to protect workers, and has the author i ty necessary to take prompt corrective measures to e l iminate or control such hazards. The dut ies of a competent person include a t least the

723

following: Determining prior to the performance of work whether cadmium is present In the workplace; establishing, where necessary, regulated areas and assuring t h a t access to and from those areas Is l imited to authorized employees; assuring the adequacy of any employee exposure monitoring required by this s tandard; assuring t h a t all employees exposed to air cadmium levels above the PEL wear appropriate personal protect ive equipment and are trained In the use of appropriate methods of exposure control; assuring t h a t proper hygiene facilities arc provided and t h a t workers are trained to use those facilities; and assuring t h a t the engineering controls required by this standard are Implemented, mainta ined In proper operat ing condition, and functioning properly.

Director means the Director of the National In s t i t u t e for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Depa r tmen t of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Employee exposure and similar language referring to the air cadmium level to which an employee Is exposed means the exposure to airborne cadmium t h a t would occur If the employee were not using respi ra tory protect ive equipment.

Final medical determination Is the written medical opinion of the employee's heal th s t a t u s by the examining physician under paragraphs (1)(3)-(12) of this section or, if mult iple physician review under paragraph (l)(13) of this section or the a l t e rna t ive physician determinat ion under paragraph (l)(11) of this section Is invoked, it is the final, written medical finding, recommendation or de terminat ion t h a t emerges from t h a t process.

High-efficiency Particulate Air [HEPAj filter means a filter capable of trapping and reta ining a t least 99.97 percent of mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter .

Regulated area means an area demarcated by the employer where an employee's exposure to airborne concentrat ions of cadmium exceeds, or can reasonably be expected to exceed the permissible exposure l imit (PEL).

T'lis- secfion means this cadmium standard.

t o o o to -J

1926.1127

• (c) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL). he employer shall assure that no em-loyee Is exposed to an airborne con-entratlon of cadmium in excess of five ilcrograms per cubic meter of air (5 ^/m^), calculated as an eight-hour ime-weighted average exposure rWA). (d) Exposure Monitoring—(i) General. ) Prior to the performance of any con-jructlon work where cmplo.vees mny 3 potentially exposed to cadmiurn, the :nployer shall establish the appllcabll-y of this standard by determining liethcr cadmium is present in the orkplace and whether there Is the jsslblllt.v that employee exposures 111 be at or above the action level, he employer shall designate a com-;tent person who shall make this de-rmlnatlon. Investigation and mate-al testing techniques shall be used, as )propriate. In the determination. In-.'stlgatlon shall include a review of levant plans, past reports, material fety data sheets, and other available cords, and consultations with the operty owner and discussions with jpropriate individuals and agencies. (II) Where cadmium has been deter-Ined to be present in the workplace, )d It has been determined that there a possibility the employee's exposure

111 be at or above the action level, the impetent person shall Identify em-oyces potentially exposed to cad-lum at or above the action level. (III) Determinations of employee ex-isure shall be made from breathing-ne air samples that reflect the mon-ored employee's regular, dally 8-hour iVA exposure to cadmium. (iv) Eight-hour TWA exposures shall : determined for each employee on le basis of one or more personal eathlng-zone air samples reflecting 11 shift exposure on each shift, for Lch job classification. In each work ea. Where several employees perform te same Job tasks. In the same Job asslftcatlon, on the same shift. In the .me work area, and the length, dura-on, and level of cadmium exposures e similar, an employer may sample a ipresentative fraction of the employes Instead of all employees In order to eet this requirement. In representa-ve sampling, the employer shall sam-


pie the employee(s) expected to have the highest cadmium exposures.

(2) Specific. (1) Initial monitoring. Except as provided for In paragraph (d)(2)(lil) of this section, where a determination conducted under paragraph (d)(])(i) of this section shows the possibility of employee exposure to cadmium at i r above the action level, the employer shall conduct exposure monitoring as soon as practicable that is representative of the exposure for each employee In the workplace who Is or may be exposed to cadmium at or above the action level.

(II) In addition. If the employee periodically performs tasks that may expose the employee to a higher concentration of airborne cadmium, the employee shall be monitored while performing those tasks.

(Hi) Where the employer has objective data, as defined In paragraph (n)(2) of this section, demonstrating that employee exposure to cadmium will not exceed airborne concentrations at or above the action level under the expected conditions of processing, use, or handling, the employer may rely upon such data Instead of implementing initial monitoring.

(iv) Where a determination conducted under paragraphs (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section is made that a potentially exposed employee Is not exposed to airborne concentrations of cadmium at or above the action level, the employer shall make a written record of such determination. The record shall include at least the monitoring data developed under paragraphs (d)(2)(l>-(iii) of this section, where applicable, and shall also include the date of determination, and-the name and social security number of each employee.

(3) Moniloring frequency (periodic monitoring). (1) If the initial monitoring or periodic monitoring reveals employee exposures to be at or above the action level, the employer shall monitor at a frequency and pattern needed to assure that the monitoring results reflect with, reasonable accuracy the employee's typical exposure levels, given the variability In the tasks performed, work practices, and environmental conditions on the Job site, and to assure the adequacy of respiratory selec-

Occupatlonal Safety and Healtti Admln., Lalx)r §1926.1127

724

tlon and the effectiveness of engineering and work practice controls.

(ii) If the initial monitoring or the periodic monitoring Indicates that employee exposures are below the action level and that result Is confirmed by the results of another monitoring taken at least seven days later, the employer may discontinue the monitoring

' for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring.

(4) Additional monitoring. The employer also shall Institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (d)(2)(l) and (d)(3) of this section whenever there has been a change In the raw materials, equipment, personnel, work practices, or finished products that may result In additional employees being exposed to cadmiurn at or above the action level or in employees already exposed to cadmium at or above the action level being exposed above the PEL, or whenever the employer or competent person has any reason to suspect that any other change might result in such further exposure.

(5) Employee notification of moniloring results. (1) No later than five working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under this section, the employer shall notify each affected employee Individually In writing of the results. In addition, within the same time period, the employer shall post the results of the exposure monitoring in an appropriate location that is accessible to all affected employees.

(li) Wherever monitoring results Indicate that employee exposure exceeds the PEL, the employer shall Include In the written notice a statement that the PEL has been exceeded and a description of the corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL.

(6) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of monitoring and analysis that has an accuracy of not less than plus or minus 25 percent (+ 25%), with a confidence level of 95 percent, for airborne concentrations of cadmium at or above the action level and the permissible exposure limit.

(e) Regulated area.5—(1) Establishment. The employer shall establish a regulated area wherever an employee's ex-

725

posure to airborne concentrations of cadmium Is, or can reasonably be expected to be In excess of the permissible exposure limit (PEL).

(2) Demarcation, Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest of the workplace In any manner that adequately establishes and alerts employees of the boundaries of the regulated area, including employees who are or may be Incidentally in the regulated areas, and that protects persons outside the area from exposure to airborne concentrations of cadmium in excess of the PEL.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons.

(4) Provision of respirators. Each person entering a regulated area shall be supplied with and required to use a respirator, selected In accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall assure that employees do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics In regulated areas, or carry the products associated with any of these activities Into regulated areas or store such products in those areas.

(f) Methods of compliance—O) Compliance hierarchy, (i) Except as specified In paragraph (f)(l)(ll) of this section, the employer shall implement engineering and work practice Controls to reduce and maintain employee exposure to cadmium at or below the PEL, except to the extent that the employer can demonstrate that such controls are not feasible.

(II) The requirement to implement engineering controls to achieve the PEL does not apply where the employer demonstrates the following:

(A) The employee is only Intermittently exposed; and

(B) The employee Is not exposed above the PEL on 30 or more days per year (12 consecutive months).

(iil) Wherever engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL, the employer nonetheless shall Implement such controls to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable. The employer shall supplement such controls with respiratory protection that compiles with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section and the PEL.

to I O i

° i 00 .'

§1926.1127

(Iv) The employer shall not use employee rotation as a method of compliance.

(2) Specific operalions—0) Abrasive blasting. Abrasive blasting on cadmium or cadmium-containing materials shall be conducted in a manner that will provide adequate protection.

(11) Heating cadmium and cadmium-containing materials. Welding, cutting, and other forms of heating of cadmium or cadtnlum-contnlnlng materials shall be cnnductcil In accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.353 and 29 CFR 1926.354, where applicable.

(3) Prohibilions. (1) High speed abrasive disc saws and similar abrasive power equipment shall not be used for work on cadmium or cadmium-containing materials unless they are equipped with appropriate engineering controls to minimize emissions, if the exposure levels are above the PEL.

(11) Materials containing cadmium shall not be applied by spray methods, if exposures are above the PEL, unless employees are protected with supplied-air respirators with full facepiece, hood, helmet, suit, operated in positive pressure mode and measures are instituted to limit overspray and prevent contamination of adjacent areas.

(4) /Ifec/ianical ventilation, (i) When ventilation is used to control exposure, measurements that demonstrate the effectiveness of the system in controlling exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, or static pressure shall be made as necessary to maintain Its effectiveness.

(11) Measurements of the system's effectiveness in controlling exposure shall be made as necessary within five working days of any change in production, process, or control that might result In a significant Increase in employee exposure to cadmium.

(ill) Recirculation of air. If air from exhaust ventilation is recirculated into the workplace, the system shall have a high efficiency filter and be monitored to assure effectiveness.

(iv) Procedures shall be developed and implemented to minimize employee exposure to cadmium when maintenance of ventilation systems and changing of filters is being conducted.


(5) Compliance program, (i) Where employee exposure to cadmium exceeds the PEL and the employer Is required under paragraph (f)(1) ot this section to Implement controls to comply with the PEL, prior to the commencement of the Job the employer shall establish and Implement a written compliance program to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL. To the extent that engineering and work practice controls cannot reduce exposures to or below the PEL. the employer shall include In the written compliance program the use of appropriate respiratory protection to achieve compliance with the PEL.

(II) Written compliance programs shall be reviewed and updated as often and as promptly as necessary to reflect significant changes in the employer's compliance status or significant changes in the lowest air cadmium level that is technologically feasible.

(Hi) A competent person shall review the comprehensive compliance program initially and after each change.

(iv) Written compliance programs shall be provided upon request for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees, and designated employee representatives.

(g) Respirator protection—{1) General, Where respirators are required by this section, the employer shall provide them at no cost to the employee and shall assure that they are used In compliance with the requirements of this section. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:

(I) Where exposure levels exceed the PEL, during the time period necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls;

(II) In those maintenance and repair activities and during those brief or intermittent operations where exposures exceed the PEL and engineering and work practice controls are not feasible, or are not required;

(lii) In regulated areas, as prescribed in paragraph (e) of this section;

(iv) Where the employer has Implemented all feasible engineering and work practice controls and such controls are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the PEL; • (V) In emergencies;

726

Occupational Safety and Healtti Admln., Lat>or §1926.1127

(vi) Wherever an employee who is exposed to cadmium at or above the action level requests a respirator; and

(vll) Wherever an employee Is exposed to cadmium abOve the PEL and engineering controls are not required under paragraph (f)(l)(ll) of this section. I

(2) Respirator selection, (1) Where respirators are required , under this section, the employer shall select and pro

vide the appropriate respirator as specified in Table 1. The employer shall select respirators from among those Jointly approved as acceptable protection against cadmium dust, fume, and mist by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11.

TABLE 1.—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR CADMIUM

Alrtxxno concentrt»-tlon Of condition ot

u s e ' Required fesp l fa lc type*

10 X Of less A fioll masV. airi jurlfylng respirator equipped with a HEPA* filtef.* 25 X Of less A powered air-purtfyino respirator PPAPR-) with a toose-fitting hood of helmet equipped with a HEPA fil

ler, or a supplied-air respiralof with a loose-litting hood of helmet lacepiece cperated In Ihe continuous flow mode, j

50 X Of loss A lull focepiece air-purifying respiralof equipped wilh a MEPA tiltef. of a powered air-purifying resp'ralof wilh a tight-fitting hall masV equipped with a HEPA filler. Of a supplied » r resplralor witfi a tighl-fittJng half mask operated in the continuous flow riKxJe.

250 X Of less A powered sJr-pvritylr^ respiralof with a tight-isning fufl lacepiece equ-ipped wilfi a HBPA finer, or a sop-plted-air respiralof wilh a light-ntUng full facepiece op«faled in the continuous flow mode.

1000 X Of less A supplied-air resplralor with half mask of lull lacepiece opefaled In Ihe pressure demarKf bf other positive pressure mode.

>1000 X Of un- A self<ontatned txeathing apparatus with a full facepiece opetaled tn the pressure demarKf Of ofhef posf-known con- live pressure rrxxle. Of a supplied-air respirator with a fuH facepiece operBled ki the pressure demarxj of centratlons. other positive pressure mode arxf equipped with an ftukiliafy escape type self contained tyeathlr>g appa

ratus operated in the pressure tJemand mode. Tire fighting | A seff^oofa/ned txeathing apparatus with M I facepiece operated in the pressure demand of otfief positive

J pressure motfe.

• Concentrations expressed as multiple of the PEL ^Respiralofs assigned for hlghef environmental coocentrelions may be used ar hywer exposure levels. Ouanlitatrve W lasting Is

required lof ail Ught-rmino air purifying respirators where airborne cofKenlralkjn o l cadmiunj exceeds 10 times the TWA PE t (ItlxS uQ'm'-50 Mtt'm'). A lull facepiece respiralof is ref^ulred when eye kritalkxi is experienced.

• HEPA means i ligh Efficiency Pertlculate Air. 'F i t lasting, qualitative or quantitative. Is required.

Source: Hesp/ralofy Decision Logic. NIOSH. 1987.

(11) The employer shall provide a powered, alr-purlfying respirator (PAPR) In lieu of a negative pressure respirator wherever;

(A) An employee entitled to a respirator chooses to use this type of respirator; and

(B) This respirator will provide adequate protection to the employee.

(3) Respirator program: (1) Where respiratory protection Is required, the employer shall Institute a;respirator protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134.

(II) The employer shall permit each employee who Is required to use an air purifying respirator to leave the regulated area to change the filter elements or replace the respirator whenever an increase In breathing resistance Is detected and shall maintain an

adequate supply of filter elements for this purpose.

(Ill) The employer shall also permit each employee who is required to wear a respirator to leave the regulated area to wash his or her face and the respirator facepiece whenever necessary to prevent skin Irritation associated with respirator use.

(iv) If an employee exhibits difficulty In breathing while wearing a respirator during a fit test or during use. the employer shall make available to the employee a medical examination In accordance with paragraph (1)(6)(11) of this section to determine If the employee can wear a respirator while performing the required tlutles.

(V) No employee shall be assigned a task requiring the use of a respirator If, based upon his or her most recent examination, an examining physician

727

to o o 00 vo vo

157-117 O - 0 5

§1926.1127

determines that the employee will be unable to continue to function normally while wearing a respirator. If the physician determines the employee must be limited in, or removed from his or her current Job because of the employee's Inability to wear a respirator, the limitation or removal shall be in accordance with paragraphs (1) (II) and (12) of this section.

(4) Respirator fit testing, (i) The employer shall assure that the respirator Issued to the employee is fitted properly and exhibits the least possible facepiece leakage.

(II) For each employee wearing a tight-fltting, air purifying respirator (either negative or positive pressure) who is exposed to airborne concentrations of cadmium that do not exceed 10 times the PEL (10 x 5 \ig/m^ = 50 pg/m'), the employer shall perform either quantitative or qualitative fit testing at the time of initlal fitting and at least annually thereafter. If quantitative fit testing is used for a negative pressure respirator, a fit factor that is at least 10 times the protection factor for that class of respirators (Table 1 in paragraph (g)(2)(l) of this section) shall be achieved at testing.

(Ill) For each employee wearing a tight-fitting air purifying respirator (either negative or positive pressure) who is exposed to airborne concentrations of cadmium that exceed 10 times the PEL (10 X 5 pg/m' = 50 |ig/m'), the employer shall perform quantitative fit testing at the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter. For negative-pressure respirators, a fit factor that is at least ten times the protection factor for that class of respirators (Table 1 in paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section) shall be achieved during quantitative fit testing.

(Iv) For each employee wearing a tight-fitting, supplied-air respirator or self-contained breathing apparatus, the employer shall perform quantitative fit testing at the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter. This shall be accomplished by fit testing an air purifying respirator of identical type facepiece, make, model, and size as the supplied air respirator or self-contained breathing apparatus that Is equipped with HEPA filters and tested as a surrogate (substitute) In the nega-


tive pressure mode. A fit factor that Is at least 10 times the protection factor for that class of respirators (Table I in paragraph (g)(2)(l) of this section) shall be achieved during quantitative fit testing. A supplled-alr respirator or self-contained breathing apparatus with the same type facepiece, make, mode! and size as the air purifying respirator with which the employee passed the quantitative fit test may then be used by that employee up to the protection factor listed in Table 1 In paragraph (g)(2)(l) of this section for that class of respirators.

(v) Fit testing shall be conducted In accordance with Appendix C of this section.

(h) Emergency situations. The employer shall develop and implement a written plan for dealing with emergency situations Involving substantial releases of airborne cadmium. The plan shall Include provisions for the use of appropriate respirators and personal protective equipment. In addition, employees not essential to correcting the emergency situation shall be restricted from the area and normal operations halted in that area until the emergency is abated.

(1) Protective work clothing and equipment—(1) Provision and use. If an employee is exposetl to airborne cadmium above the PEL or where skin or eye Irritation is associated with cadmium exposure at any level, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee, and assure that the employee uses, appropriate protective work clothing and equipment that prevents contamination of the employee and the employee's garments. Protective work clothing and equipment Includes, but Is not limited to:

(1) Coveralls" or similar full-body work clothing;

(11) Gloves, head coverings, and boots or foot coverings; and

(ill) Face shields, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective equipment that complies with 29 CFR 1910.133.

(2) Removal and storage. (1) The employer shall assure that employees remove all protective clothing and equipment contaminated with cadmium at the completion of the work shift and do so only In change rooms provided in ac-

Occupallonal Safety and Healtti Admin., Lat)or §1926.1127

cordance with paragraph (j)(l) of this section.

(li) The employer shall assure that no employee takes cadmium-contaminated protective clothing or equipment from the workplace, except for employees authorized to do; so for purposes of laundering, cleaning, maintaining, or disposing of cadmium-contaminated protective clothing and equipment at an appropriate location or facility away from the workplace.

(Ill) 1'he employer; shall assure that contaminated protective clothing and equipment, when removed for laundering, cleaning, mairitenance, or disposal, is placed andi stored In 'sealed. Impermeable bags or other closed, impermeable containers that are designed to prevent dispersioh of cadmium dust,

(iv) The employer ishall assure that containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment that are to be taken out of the cha;nge rooms or the workplace for laundering, cleaning, maintenance or disposal shall bear labels In accordance with paragraph (m)(2) of this section.

(3) Cleaning, replaceinenl, and disposal. (1) The employer shall provide the protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph :(l)(l) of this section In a clean and dry condition as often as necessary to maintain Its effectiveness, but In any event at least weekly. The employer Is responsible for cleaning and laundering the protec-

• tlve clothing and equipment required by this paragraph to maintain its effectiveness and Is also responsible for disposing of such clothing and equipment.

(II) The employer also is responsible for repairing or replacing required protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain its effectiveness. When rips or tears are detected while an employee is working they shall be immediately mended,;or the worksult shall be immediately replaced.

(III) The employer shall prohibit the removal of cadmium,from protective clothing and equipment by blowing, shaking, or any other means that disperses cadmium into the air.

(Iv) The employer shall assure that any laundering of contaminated clothing or cleaning of contaminated equipment in the workplace Is done in a manner that prevents the release of

airborne cadmium In excess of the permissible exposure limit prescribed In paragraph (c) of this section.

(V) The employer shall Inform any person who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment contaminated with cadmium of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to cadmium, and that the clothing and equipment should be laundered or cleaned In a manner to effectively prevent the release of airborne cadmium In excess of the PEL.

(J) Hygiene areas and practice.-!. (1) General. For employees whose airborne exposure to cadmium Is above the PEL, the employer shall provide clean change rooms, handwashing facilities, showers, and lunchroom facilities that comply with 29 CFR 1926.51.

(2) Change roonu. The employer shall assure that change rooms are equipped with separate storage facilities for street clothes and for protective clothing and equipment, which are designed to prevent dispersion of cadmium and contamination of the employee's street clothes.

(3) Showers and handwashing facilities. (I) The employer shall assure that employees whose airborne exposure to cadmium Is above the PEL shower during the end of the work shift.

(11) The employer shall assure that employees who are exposed to cadmium above the PEL wash their hands and faces prior to eating, drinking, smoking, chewing tobacco or gum, or applying cosmetics.

(4) Lunchroom facilities. (1) The employer shall assure that the lunchroom facilities are readily accessible to employees, that tables for eating are maintained free of cadmium, and that no employee In a lunchroom facility Is exposed at any time to cadmium at or ^ above a concentration of 2.5 |ig/m'. Q

(11) The employer shall assure that it employees do not enter lunchroom fa- o cllltles with protective work clothing ' ^ or equipment unless surface cadmium has been removed from the clothing and equipment by HEPA vacuuming or some other method that removes cadmium dust without dispersing It.

(k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of cadmium.

728 If!.-

729

S.li27

All spills and sudden releases of •lal containing cadmium shall be ed up aa soon as possible. Surfaces contaminated with cad-1 shall, wherever possible, be ad by vacuuming or other meth-hat minimize the likelihood of lum becoming airborne. HEPA-filtered vacuuming equlp-

or equally effective filtration )ds shall be used for vacuuming, equipment shall be used and ed In a manner that minimizes lentry of cadmium into the work-Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping, rushing may be used only where mlng or other methods tha t mln-the likelihood of cadmium be-

g airborne have been tried and not to be effective, compressed air shall not be used nove cadmium from any surface

the compressed air is used in iction with a ventilation system ed to capture the dust cloud cre-y the compressed air. tVaste. scrap, debris, bags, con-s, personal protective equipment, lothing contaminated with cad-and consigned for disposal shall lected and disposed of in sealed meable bags or other closed, im-able containers. These bags and ners shall be labeled in accord-i-ith paragraph (m)(2) of this sec-

Icdical Surveillance—{1) General— ope—(A) Currently exposed—The yer shall ins t i tu te a medical sur-ice program for all employees re or may be exposed a t or above tlon level and all employees who m the following tasks, operations s; Electrical grounding with cad-welding; cutt ing, brazing, burn-rinding or welding on surfaces vere painted with cadmium-con-g paints: electrical work using um-coated conduit; use of cad-containing paints; cut t ing and

Ig cadmium-plated steel: brazing ding with cadmium alloys; fusing iforced steel by cadmium weld-naintaining or retrofit t ing cad-coated equipment; and, wrecking lemolition where cadmium is it. A medical surveillance pro-will not be required If the em-

29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-95 Edition)

ployer demonstrates tha t the em--. ployee:

(1) Is not currently exposed by the employer to airborne concentrations of cadmium at or above the action level on 30 or more days per year (twelve consecutive months); and,

(2) Is not currently exposed by the employer in those tasks on 30 or more days r>er year (twelve consecutive months).

(B) Previously exposed—The employer shall also inst i tute a medical surveillance program for all employees who might previously have been exposed to cadmium by the employer prior to the effective date of this standard In tasks specified under paragraph (1)(1)(1)(A) of this section, unless the employer demonstrates tha t the employee did not in the years prior to the effective date of this section work in those tasks for the employer with exposure to cadmium for an aggregated total of more than 12 months.

(ii) To determine an employee's fitness for using a respirator, the employer shall provide the limited medical examination specified in paragraph (1)(6) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall assure tha t all medical examinations and procedures required by this section are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, who has read and is familiar with the health effects section of appendix A to this section, the regulatory text of this section, the protocol for sample handling and lab selection in appendix F to this section, and the questionnaire of appendix D to this section.

(iv) The employer shall provide the medical surveillance required by this section, including multiple physician review under paragraph (1)(13) of this section without cost to employees, and a t a time and place tha t is reasonable and convenient to employees.

(v) The employer shall assure tha t the collecting and handling of biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2 microglobulin In urine (PJ-M) taken from employees under this section Is done in a manner that assures their reliability and that analysis of biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2

Occupational Safety and Healtti Admin., Labor §1926.1127

microglobulin in urine (fij-M) taken from employees under this section is performed in laboratories with demonstrated proficiency to perform the particular analysis. (See appendix F to this section.)

(2) Initial Examination. (I) For employees covered by medical surveillance under paragraph (1)(1)(1) of this section, the employer shall provide an Initial medical examination. The examination shall be provided to those employees within 30 days after initial assignment to a Job with exposure to cadmium or no later than 90 days after the effective date of this section, whichever date Is later.

(II) The initial medical examination shall Include:

(A) A detailed medical and work history, with emphasis on: Past, present, and anticipated future exposure to cadmium; any history of renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic, reproductive, and/or musculo-skeletal system dysfunction; current usage of medication with potential nephrotoxic side-effects; and smoking history and current status; and

(B) Biological monitoring that includes the following tests;

(1) Cadmium In urine (CdU), standardized to grams of creatinine (g/Cr);

(2) Beta-2 microglobulin In urine (P,-M), standardized to grams of creatinine (g/Cr), with pH specified, as described In Appendix F to this section; and

(3) Cadmium In blood (CdB), standardized to liters of whole blood (Iwb).

(Hi) Recent Examination: An Initial examination is not required to be provided If adequate records show that the employee has been examined in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(2)(li) of this section within the past 12 months. In that case, such records shall be maintained as part of the employee's medical record and the prior exam shall be treated as if It were an Initlal examination for the purposes of paragraphs (1)(3) and (4) of this section.

(3) Aclions triggered by initial biological moniloring. (1) If the results of the biological monitoring tests in the initial examination show the employee's CdU level to be at or below 3|ig/g Cr, (Ij-M level to be at or below 300)ig/g Or and

CdB level to be at or below Spg/lwb, then:

(A) For employees who are subject to medical surveillance under paragraphs (I)(l)(i)(A) of this section because of current or anticipated exposure to cadmium, the employer shall provide the minimum level of periodic medical surveillance in accordance with the requirements In paragraph (l)('l)(l) of this section; and

(B) For employees who are subject to medical surveillance under paragraph {l)(l)(i)(B) of this section because of prior but not current exposure, the employer shall provide biological monitoring for CdU, Bz-M, and CdB one year after the initial biological monitoring and then the employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(vi) of this section.

(ii) For all employees who are subject to medical surveillance under paragraph (1)(1)(1) of this section, if the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the level of CdU to exceed 3 pg/g Cr, the level of PJ-M to be in excess of 300 pg/g Cr, or the level of CdB to be in excess of 5 |ig/lwb, the employer shall;

(A) Within two weeks after receipt of biological monitoring results, reassess the employee's occupational exposure to cadmium as follows:

(f) Reassess the employee's work practices and personal hygiene;

(2) Reevaluate the employee's respirator use, If any, and the respirator program;

(J) Review the hygiene facilities; {4) Reevaluate the maintenance and

effectiveness of the relevant engineering controls;

(5) Assess the employee's smoking history and status;

(B) Within 30 days after the exposure reassessment, specified In paragraph (l)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, take reasonable steps to correct any deficiencies (,j found In the reassessment that may be o responsible for the employee's excess o exposure to cadmium; and, Q

(C) Within 90 days after receipt of bl- f_i ologlcal monitoring results, provide a full medical examination to the employee in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (1)(4KII) of this section. After completing the medical examination, the examining physician

APPENDIX G NIOSH METHOD 7300 (ELEMENTS)

200402

M.W.: Table 1

OSHA/NIOSH/ACGIH: Table 1

ELEMENTS: aluminum arsenic beryllium caidmium calcitm chromium

SYNONYMS: vary depending

cobalt

copper iron lead lithium magnesium

upon ttie corrpound.

SAMPLING

PROPERTIES: Table 1

manganese molybdenum nickel phospliorus platinum selenium

ELEMENTS (ICP)

silver sodium tellurium thallium tin titanium

MEASUREMENT

METHOD: ISSUED-

7300 2/15/84

tungsten vanadium yttrium zinc zirconium

SAMPLER: FILTER (O.B-vim, cellulose ester membrane)

FLOW RATE: 1 to 4 L/min

VOL-«IN: Table V -W\X: Table 1

SHIPMENT: routine

SAMPLE STABILITY: stable

BLANKS: 2 to 10 field blanks per set

ACCURACY

RAN(3E STUDIED: not studied

BIAS: none identified

OVERALL PRECISION (s^): not evaluated

TECHNII^UE: INDUCTIVELY COUPLED ARGON PLASMA, ATOMIC EMISSION SPECTROSCOPY

ANALYTE: elements above

ASHING REAGENTS: cone. HNO3, 4 mL; and cone. HCIO4, 1 mL

CONDITIONS; room temperature, 30 min; 150 "C to near dryness

FINAL SOLUTION: 41 HNO3, 11 HCIO4, 10 mL

WAVELENGTH: depends upon element; Table 2

BACKGROUND CORRECTION: spectral wavelength shift

CALIBRATION: elements in 41 HNO3, 11 HCIO4

RANGE: 2.5 to 1000 pg per sample [1]

ESTIMATED LOO: 1 v>g per sanple [1]

PRECISION (Sp): Table 2

APPLICABILITY: Ttie working range of this mettiod is 0.005 to 2.0 mg/m^ for eacti element in a 500-L air sample. This is simultaneous elemental analysis, not corrpound specific. Verify tfiat the types of ccmpounds in ttie sanples are soluble with this ashing procedure. INTERFERENCES: Spectral interferences are the primary interferences encountered in ICP-AES analysis. These are minimized by judicious wavelength selection, interelement correction factors and background correction [1.21. OTHER METHOOS: This method replaces PACAM 351 [2] for trace elements. Atomic absorption spectroscopy (e.g., (tethods 70XX) is an alternate analytical technique for many of these elements.

2/15/84 7300-1 200403

ELEMENTS (ICP) METHOD: 7300

REAGENTS: E()UIPMENT:

1. Nitric acid, cone. 1. Sampler: cellulose ester membrane filter, 2. Perchloric acid, cone* 0.8-mm pore size, 37-nTO diameter; in cassette 3. Ashing acid: 4:1 (v/v) HNO3:HC104. filter holder.

Mix 4 volumes cone. HNO3 with 2. Personal sampling pump, 1 to 4 L/min, with 1 volume cone. HCIO4. flexible connecting tubing.

4. Calibration stock solutiians, 3. Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission 1(XX) vg/mL. Commercially available, spectrometer, equipped as specified by the or prepared per instrument manufacturer for analysis of elements of interest. manufacturer's recaimendation (see 4. Regulator, two-stage, for argon.

step 12). 5. Beakers, Phillips, 125-mL, or Griffin, 50-mL, with 5. Dilution acid, 41 HNO3, 11 HCIO^. watchglass covers.*

Add 50 mL ashing acid to 600 mL 6. Volumetric flasks, 10- and 100- mL.* water; dilute to 1 L. 7. Assorted volumetric pi pets as needed.*

6. Argon. 8. Hotplate, surface temperature 150 "C. 7. Distilled,deionized water.

*Clean all glassware with cone, nitric acid and *See Special Precautions. rinse thoroughly in distilled water before use.

SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS: Perform all perchloric acid digestions in a perchloric acid hood.

SAMPLING: 1. (^librate each personal sampling pump with a representative sampler in line. 2. Sanple at an accurately known flow rate between 1 and 4 L/min for a total sample size of

200 to 2000 L (see Table 1) for TV4A measurements. Do not exceed a filter loading of approximately 2 mg total dust.

SAHPLE PREPARATION: 3. Open the cassette filter holders and transfer the samples and blanks to clean beakers. 4. Add 5 mL ashing acid. Cover with a watchglass. Let stand 30 min at rxxxn temperature.

NOTE: Start a reagent blank at this step.

5. Heat on hotplate (120 *C) until ca. O.S mL remains. NOTE: Seme species of Li, Mn, Mo, Sn, W, and 2r will not be completely solubilized by this

procedure. Alternative solubilization techniques for most of these elements can be found elsewhere [2,3,4,5,6,7].

6. Add 2 mL ashing acid and repeat step 5. Repeat this step until the solution is clear.

7. Rerove watchglass and rinse into the beaker with distilled water.

8. Increase the temperature to 150 "C and take the sample to dryness.

9. Dissolve the residue in 2 to 3 mL dilution acid. 10. Transfer the solutions quantitatively to 10- nL volumetric flasks, n . Dilute to volume with dilution acid.

CALIBRATION AND (QUALITY CONTROL:

12. Calibrate the spectrometer according to the manufacturers reconrnendations.

NOTE: Typically, an acid blank and 10 yg/mL multielement working standards are used. Tbe

following multielement combinations are chemically compatible in 41 HNO3/II HCIO4:

a. Ag, Ca, Co, Mn, Pb, V, Zn;

b. Al, Be, Cd, La, Li, Ni, Tl;

e. As, B, Ba, Hg, Mo, P, Sn;

2/15/84 7300-2" 2 0 0 4 0 4

METHOD: 7300 ELEMENTS (ICP)

d. Cu, Fe, Na, Pt, Sr, Te, Y; e. Cr, K, Sb, Se, Ti, Zr; and f. Si, W (distilled water only)

13. Analyze a stantiard for every ten samples. 14. Check recoveries with at least two spiked media blanks per ten samples.

MEASUREMENT: 15. Set spectrometer to conditions specified by manufacturer. 16. Analyze standards and samples.

NOTE: If the values for the samples are above the range of tbe standards, dilute the solutions with dilution acid, reanalyze and apply the appropriate dilution factor in the calculations.

CALCULATIONS: 17. Obtain the solution concentrations for the sample, C^ (pg/mL), and the average media

blank, C^ (vg/mL), from the instrument. 18. Using the solution volumes of sample, Vj (ml), and media blank, V^ (mL), calculate the

concentration, C (mg/m'), of each element in the air volume sampled, V (L):

Cs^s C = -TSU ^ P . mg/m Mkl.

EVALUATION OF METHOD: Method PiCAM 351 was evaluated in 1981 [1,2]. The precision and recovery data were determined at 2.5 and 1000 pg of each element per sample on spiked filters. The precision and recovery data, instumental detection limits, sensitivity, and analytical wavelengths are listed in Table 2 . The values in Table 2 were determined with a Oarrell-Ash Model 1160 ICP operated according to manufacturer's instructions.

REFERENCES: [1] Hull, R.D. "Multielement Analysis of Industrial Hygiene Samples," NIOSH Internal Report,

presented at the Mieriean Industrial Hygiene Conference, Portland, Oregon (May 1981). [2] NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods. 2nd ed., V. 7, P&CAM 351, U.S. Department of Health and

Human Services, Publ. (NIOSH) 82-100 (1981). [3] Ibid, S341 (Lead). [4] Ibid, V. 2, S5 (Manganese), U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Publ.

(NIOSH)"77-157-8 (1977). [5] Ibid, V. 4, P&CAM 271 (Tungsten), U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Publ.

(NIOSH) 78-175 (1978)^ [6] Ibid. V. 5, P&CAM 173 (Metals by Atomic Absorption), U.S. Department of Health, Eckjcatioo,

and Welfare, Publ. (NIOSH) 79-141 (1979). [7] Ibid, V. 3, S183 (Tin), S185 (Zirconium), and S376 (Molybdenum), U.S. Department of Health,

Education, and Welfare, Publ. (NIOSH) 77-157-C (1977).

METHOD REVISED BY: R. DeLon Hull and Mark Millson, NIOSH/OPSE.

2 0 0 4 0 5 2/15/84 7300-3

ELEMENTS (ICP) METVOO: 7300 r Table 1. Properties and sampling volumes.

'

f

.„

il

'>.

\

{

'*'

I ;

( ;

• \

'J .,

Element (Sytrbol)

Silver (Ag) . Aluminum (Al) Arsenic (As) Beryllium (Be)

C:alcium (Ca) Cadmiim (Cd) Cohalt (Co) Chromium (Cr)

Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) Lithium (Li) Magnesium (Mg) Manganese (Mn) Molybdenum (Mo)

Sodiim (Na)

Nickel (Ni) Phosphorus (P)

Lead (Pb) Platinum (Pt) Selenium (Se) Tin (Sn) Tellurium (Te)

Titanium (Ti)

Thallium (Tl)

Vanadiim (V)

Tungsten (W)

Yttrium (Y)

Zinc (Zn) Zirconium (Zr)

(a) soluble

(b) oxide (c) metal

(d) hydride

(e) insoluble (f) hydroxide

(g) at the ACGIH

Proper

Atomic Weight

107.87 26.98 74.92

9.01 40.08 112.40

58.93 52.00

63.54 55.85 6.94 24.31

54.94 95.94

22.99

58.71 30.97

207.19 195.09 78.% 118.69 127.60

47.90

204.37

50.94 183.85

88.91

65.37

91.22

TLV

ties

MP, "C

%1 660 817*

1278

842 321 1495 1890 1063 1535 179 651 1244

551 98

..1453 44 328 1769 217 232 450 1675 304 1890

3410

1495

419 1852

Permissible Exposure L imi ts , m g / m ' T\4A

OSHA/NIOSH/ACGIH

0 .01 / — / 0.1 — / — / 10. 0.5/C 0.002/ 0.2 0.002/ 0.0005/ 0.002 5 (b)/ — / 2 (b) 0.2/ 0.04/ 0.05 0.1/ — / 0.1

1.0 (c)/ 0.025/ 0.5 (c) 1.0/ — /I.O 10 (b)/ — / 5 (b) 0.025 (d ) / — / 0.025 (d)

15 (b ) / — / 10 (b). C 5/ — / C 5 15 (e ) / — / 10 (e) 2 ( f ) / C 2 ( f ) / C 2 ( f ) 1 / 0.015/ 1 (e)

— / — / 0.1 0.05/ 0 . 1 / 0.15 0.002 (a) / — / 1 (c) 0 .2/ — / — 2/ — / 2 (c) 0 . 1 / — / 0.1

_ / _ / 10 (b) 0.1 ( a ) / ' — / 0.1 (a)

C 0.5/ 1 ( c ) / 0.05 (V2O5) — / 5 (e) / 5 (e)

1 / — / 1 5 (b) / 5 (b) / 5 (b) 5/ — / 5

Air Volixne MIN

250 5 (9) 5

1250

5 13 25 5 5 5

100 5 5 5 13 5

25 (g) 50

1250 13 5 25 5 25 5

5 (g) 5 5 5

? OSHA. L MftX

2000 100 (g)

2000

2000 200 2000 2000 1000 1000 TOO

2000 67 200 67

2000

1000 2000 (g)

2000 2000 2000 500

2000

100 2000

2000 200 (g)

1000 200 200

L 2/15/84 7300-4

200406

METHOD: 7300 ELEMENTS (ICP)

Table 2. Measurement procedures and data (a),

Element

Ag Al As

Be Ca Cd Co Cr Cu Fe

Li Mg Mn Mo Na Ni

P Pb Pt

Se Sn

Te Ti Tl V W Y Zn

Zr

Wavelength

(rm)

328.3 308.2 193.7

313.0 315.9 226.5 231.2 205.6 324.8 259.9 670.8 279.6 257.6 281.6 589.0 231.6

214.9 220.4

203.7 190.6 190.0

214.3 334.9 190.9 310.2 207.9 371.0

213.9

339.2

Instrumental LOD

(ng/mL)

26 14 13

1.5 10 1.6 7.4

r.3 2.1 3.9 2.8 24 0.4 7.0 10 3.4

22 17

15

21 64

29 1.2 17

3.2 '• 13 0.8 0.6

1.9

Sensitivity (Intensity/

pg/mL)

0.65 0.23 0.57

1.29 0.49 0.83 0.38 0.50 0.72 0.13 0.48 0.22 ,0.74 0.18

. 0.76 0.41

0.17

0.42

0.69 0.28

0.49 0.41 0.55

0.22 0.88 2.58 2.35 0.60

0.88

Recovery ?2.5pg/ § filter (b) 1

111 93 103

107 99 107 101 98 98 94

89 105 84 94

(c) 105

(0 105

106 105

74 102 %

103

99 35 99 101

75

(1) 1000 pg/ niter

•91 100 99 90 95 99 95 106 99 97 95 106 93 88 101 97

91

95 91 97.

67 94 108

99 94

23 100 94

98

Precision (s,.) (N

% 2.5 pg/ filter

0.02 0.092 0.062 0.040 0.036 0.032 0.040 0.053 0.036 0.068 0.171 0.084 0.062 0.023 (c)

0.027

(e) 0.060

0.041 0.068

0.33 0.050 0.051 0.043

0.043 0.053 0.015 0.013

0.049

= 3) 0 1000 ygy filter

0.075 0.023 0.026 0.034 0.014 0.020 0.005 0.016 0.022 0.016 0.043 0.027 0.035 0.049 0.045

0.020

0.056

o.on 0.075 0.049 0.16

0.063 0.029 0.017 0.014 0.60 0.013 0.013 0.008

(a) Values reported were obtained with a Jarrell-Ash Model 1160 ICP; performance may vary with instrunent and should be independently ver i f ied .

(b) 2.? vg / f i l t e r corresponds to 5 yg/m' for a 500-L a i r sample. (c) Blank levels too high to make accurate determinations

2/15/84 7300-5 200407

APPENDIX H DISEASE OUTBREAKS

200408

- Dengue hnp://ww, 'io.ch/cmc/outbreak_news/n 1998/jun/n8junc 1998.him

EMC Home Outbreak news Disease info Sun/eiliance

Disease outbreaks reported

8 June 1998

D e n g u e

Many countries/areas in south-east Asia (Malaysia, Tiai-wan [China], Cambodia, Viet Nam, Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Myanmar), the -western Pacific (Guam, Cook Islands, Fiji, New Caledonia, Kiribati) and Latin America (Brazil, Venezuela, Columbia) have recently been experiencing unusually high levels of dengue/dengue haemorrhagic fever activity.' Although there is often a seasonal increase in dengue in some of these countries/areas at this time ofthe year, the level of activity in 1998 is considerably higher than in previous years. Changes in weather patterns as a result ofthe El Nino phenomenon are thought to be a major contributing factor.

Unless more effective measures are taken to control the main vector, Aedes aegypti, in these and other countries/areas, dengue will continue to be a growing problem in tropical and subtropical regions ofthe world. Essential elements of an effective programme are integrated mosquito control with community and intersectoral involvement, vector surveillance for monitoring and evaluation, emergency preparedness, capacity building and training, and applied research {see http://www.who.ch/ctd/or more information).

Dengue in Viet Nam

A total of 16,647 cases of dengue/dengue haemorraghic fever with 55 deaths (case fatality rate = 0.3%) has been reported since the beginning of 1998. The incidence of cases has more than doubled compared with the same period last year. In 1997 the number of dengue cases reported (108,000 cases and.245 deaths) was the highest since 1991. As the traditional peak season for dengue (June to November) has only just started a major epidemic is expected to occur. While dengue 2 virus was the most prevalent strain in 1997, early data suggests that dengue 3 virus predominates this year, but it should be noted that very few viruses have been typed. Six provinces in southem Viet Nam have been provided with materials for surveillance and testing and all provincial district hospitals in the southem region have been supplied with haematocrit equipment for the management of cases of dengue haemorrhagic fever.

D e n g u e in M a l a y s i a

2 0 0 4 0 9

http://www.who.ch/ctd/or

8 - Dengue , ' http://wi: /iio.ch/emcyoutbrcak_news/nl998/jun/n8junel998.htni

A total of 5,337 cases (of which 194 were dengue haemorraghic fever) with five deaths has been reported since the beginning of 1998. The number of cases is comparable to the number reported for the same period last year. The 1997 total of reported cases (19,544 cases and 50 deaths) was the' highest since 1990. As the traditional dengue season only began in May it is too eariy to assess the trend during 1998.

Dengue in Indonesia

There has been a rapid increase recently in dengue/dengue haemorrhagic fever cases and all provinces ofthe country are now affected. As of 5 May a total of 32,665 cases vrith 774 deaths had bisen reported. This number of cases is considerably higher than in the same period last year. It is expected that cases will continue to increase during the peak transmission season of May to July. WHO is assisting the Ministry of Health in their efforts to control the situation by providing guidelines on clinical management of cases and laboratory services during epidemics, sending an expert to assist in developing a control strategy, and providing support for laboratory studies.

D e n s u e in Brazi l

This year Brazil is experiencing the highest levels of dengue transmission in its history. A total of 234,828 cases was reported during the first four months of 1998, compared with.159,965 cases during the same period in 1997 and 254,942 cases reported for the entire year inl997. Transmission appears to have peaked in April, as it did last year. There have been 60 cases of dengue haemorrhagic fever reported and eight deaths. Both dengue 1 and dengue 2 viruses are circulating. Approximately 60% of all dengue cases in the Americas are reported from Brazil, but less than 1% ofthe dengue haemorrhagic fever cases. The area with the greatest transmission has been the south-east region, with 89,000 cases in the State of Minas Gerais and 35,000 cases in the State of Espirito Santo. All but four ofthe 27 states/territories in Brazil are affected.

In 1997 Brazil launched its Aetdes aegypti Eradication Program. About US$448 millions were spent to hire, train and equip tens of thousands of inspectors to visit each house in infested areas every three months to eliminate breeding sites. Unfortunately, the deployment process has been very slow, because it involves making contracts with each ofthe 2,500 infested municipalities. At present, inspectors are working in 1,300 municipalities. Emergency measures have included ultra-low-volume application of insecticides with vehicle-mounted sprayers, massive dissemination of infonnation to the public about Aedes breeding sites and how to eliminate them, and plans for aircraft application of insecticide.

Go to the Outbreak News index

Page top EMC Home WHO Home

© WHO/OMS, 1998 I Acknowledgements

2 0 0 4 1 0 9-";.no T-

http://wi

mationai Travel and Health - Caribbean Middle Ai :a , hnp://jupltcr.who.ch/yellow/ame_ca.htm

Geographical distribution of potential health hazards to travellers: Caribbean Middle America

Caribbean Middle America (Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Cuba, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Haiti, Jamaica, Martinique, Montserrat, Netheriands Antilles, Puerto Rico, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Trinidad and Tobago, Turks and Caicos Islands, and the Virgin Islands (USA)). The islands, a number of them mountainous with peaks 1000-2500 m high, have an equable tropical climate with heavy rain storms and high winds at certain times of the year.

Ofthe arthropod-bome diseases, malaria occurs in endemic form only in Haiti and in parts ofthe Dominican Republic. DifHise cutaneous leishmaniasis was recently discovered in the Dominican Republic. Bancroftian filariasis occurs in Haiti and some other islands and other filariases may occasionally be found. Human fascioliasis due to Fasciola hepatica is endemic in Cuba. Outbreaks of dengue fever occur in the area, and dengue haemorrhagic fever has also occurred. Tularaemia has been reported firom Haiti.

Oflhefood-bome and water-borne diseases, bacillary and amoebic dysenteries are common and hepatitis A is reported particularly in the northem islands. No cases of cholera have been reported in the Caribbean.

Other diseases. Schistosomiasis (bilharziasis) is endemic in the Dominican Republic, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Puerto Rico, and Saint Lucia, in each of which control operations are in progress, and it may also occur sporadically in other islands. Other hazards may occur from spiny seaurchins and coelenterates (corals and jellyfish) and snakes. Animal rabies, particularly in the mongoose, is reported from several islands (see here)

Go to the home pas'e Go to the main pase of geographical distribution of potential health hazards to travellers

1 oi'i 2 0 0 4 1 1 j^,,.„,, J f , , .

igue.htm . ' . http-7/www.cdc.gov/ncldod/dvbid/dcneue.htn.

Information on Dengue Fever and Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever

Perspectives

Dengue and dengue hemorrhagic fever (DHF) are caused by one of four closely related, but antigenically distinct, virus serotypes (DEN-1, DEN-2, DEN-3, and DEN-4), ofthe genus Flavivirus. Infection with one of these serotypes does not provide cross-protective immunity, so persons living in a dengue-endemic area can have four dengue infections during their lifetimes. Dengue is primarily a disease ofthe tropics, and the viruses that cause it are maintained in a cycle that involves humans and Aedes aegypti. a domestic, day-biting mosquito that prefers to feed on humans. Infection with dengue viruses produces a spectrum of clinical illness ranging from a nonspecific viral syndrome to severe and fatal hemorrhagic disease. Important risk factors for DHF include the strain and serotype ofthe infecting virus, as well as the age, immune status, and genetic predisposition ofthe patient.

History of Dengue

The first reported epidemics of dengue fever occurred in 1779-1780 in Asia, Africa, and North America; the. near simultaneous occurrence of outbreaks on three continents indicates that these viruses and their mosquito vector have had a worldwide distribution in the tropics for more than 200 years. During rhost of this time, dengue fever was considered a benign, nonfatal disease of visitors to the tropics. Generally, there were long intervals (10-40 years) between major epidemics, mainly because the viruses and their mosquito vector could only be transported between population centers by sailing vessels.

A global pandemic of dengue began in Southeast Asia after World War 11 and has intensified during the last 15 years. Epidemics caused by multiple serotypes (hyperendemicity) are more frequent, the, geographic distribution of dengue viruses and their mosquito vectors has expanded, and DHF has emerged in the Pacific region and the Americas. In Southeast Asia, epidemic DHF first appeared in the 1950s, but by 1975 it had become a leading cause of hospitalization and death among children in many countries in that region.

Current Trends

In the 1980s, DHF began a second expansion into Asia when Sri Lanka, India, and the Maldive Islands had their first major DHF epidemics; Pakistan first reported an epidemic of dengue fever in 1994. The recent epidemics in Sri Lanka and India were associated with multiple dengue vims serotypes, but DEN-3 was predominant and was genetically distinct from DEN-3 vimses previously isolated from infected persons in those countries. After an absence of 35 years, epidemic dengue fever occurred in both Taiwan and the People's Republic of China in the 1980s. The People's Republic of China had a series of epidemics caused by all four serotypes, and its first major epidemic of DHF, caused by DEN-2, was reported on Hainan Island in 1985. Singapore also had a resurgence of dengue/DHF from 1990 to 1994 after a successfijl control program had prevented significant transmission for over 20 years. In other countries of Asia where DHF is endemic, the epidemics have become progressively larger in the last 15 years.

In the Pacific, dengue vimses were reintroduced in the early 1970s after an absence of more than 25 years. Epidemic activity caused by all four serotypes has intensified in recent years with major epidemics of DHF on several islands.

Despite poor surveillance for dengue in Africa, epidemic dengue fever caused by all four serotypes has

''^iJ 2 0 0 4 1 2 0 - l a o • > • ; '

http://www.cdc.gov/ncldod/dvbid/dcneue.htn

enguc.htrn , ( / hnp://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dvbid/dcn8ue.htn

increased dramafically since 1980. Most activity has occurred in East Afiica, and major epidemics were reported for the first time in the Seychelles (1977), Kenya (1982, DEN-2), Mozambique (1985, DEN-3), Djiboufi (1991-92, DEN-2), Somalia (1982, 1993, DEN-2), and Saudi Arabia (1994, DEN-2). Epidemic DHF has been reported in neither Afinca nor the Middle East, but sporadic cases clinically compatible with DHF have been reported from Mozambique, Djibouti, and Saudi Arabia.

The emergence of dengue/DHF as a major public health problem has been most dramatic in the American region. In an effort to prevent urban yellow fever, which is also transmitted by ^ e . aegypti, the Pan American Health Organization organized a campaign that eradicated Ae. aegypti from most Central and South American countries in the 1950s and 1960s. As a result, epidemic dengue occurred only sporadically in some Caribbean islands during this period. The^e . aegypti eradication program, which was officially discontinued in the United States in 1970, gradually eroded elsewhere, and this species began to reinfest countries from which it had been eradicated. In 1997, the geographic distribution ofAe. aegypti is wider than its distribution before the eradication program (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Distribution of Aedes aegypti (red shaded areas') in the Americas in 1970. at the end ofthe mosquito eradication program, and in 1997.

In 1970, only DEN-2 vims was present in the Americas, although DEN-3 may have had a focal distribution in Colombia and Puerto Rico. In 1977, DEN-1 was introduced and caused major epidemics throughout the region over a 16-year period. DEN-4 was introduced in 1981 and caused similar widespread epidemics. Also in 1981, a new strain of DEN-2 from Southeast Asia caused the first major DHF epidemic in the Americas (Cuba). This strain has spread rapidly throughout the region and has caused outbreaks of DHF in Venezuela, Colombia, Brazil, French Guiana, Suriname, and Puerto Rico. By 1997, 18 countries in the American region had reported confirmed DHF cases (Figure 2), and DHF is now

! endemic in many of these countries. i

Figure 2. American countries with laboratory-confirmed dengue hemorrhagic fever (red shaded areas), prior to 1981 and from 1981 to 1997.

DEN-3 vims recently reappeared in the Americas after an absence of 16 years. This serotype was first detected in associafion with a 1994 dengue/DHF epidemic in Nicaragua. Almost simultaneously, DEN-3 was confirmed in Panama and, in early 1995, in Costa Rica. In Nicaragua, considerable numbers of DHF cases were associated with the epidemic, which was apparently caused by DEN-3. In Panama and Costa Rica, the cases were classic dengue fever.

Viral envelope gene sequence data from the DEN-3 strains isolated from Panama and Nicaragua have shown that this new American DEN-3 vims strain was likely a recent introduction from Asia since it is genetically distinct from the DEN-3 strain found previously in the Americas, but is identical to the DEN-3 vims serotype that caused major DHF epidemics in Sri Lanka and India in the 1980s. As suggested by the

j finding of a new DEN-3 strain, and the susceptibility ofthe population in the American tropics to it I DEN-3 spread rapidly throughout the region caused major epidemics of dengue/DHF in Central America

in 1995.

In 1997, dengue is the most important mosquito-bome viral disease affecting humans; its global distribution is comparable to that of malaria, and an estimated 2.5 billion people live in areas at risk for epidemic transmission (Figure 3). Each year, tens of millions of cases of dengue fever occur and, depending on the year, up to hundreds of thousands of cases of DHF. The case-fatality rate of DHF in most countries is about 5%; most fatal cases are among children and young adults.

2 0 0 4 1 3 o-sno-...-,

http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dvbid/dcn8ue.htn

Igue.htm. . f ! . http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dvbid/dctigue.htn-.

Figure 3. World distribution of dengue vimses and their mosquito vector. Aedes aegypti. in 1997.

There is a small, but significant, risk for dengue outbreaks in the continental United States. Two competent mosquito vectors, Ae. aegypti and Aedes albopictus, are present and, under certain circumstances, each could transmit dengue vimses. This type of transmission has been detected three in the last 16 years in south Texas (1980, 1986, and 1995) and has been zissociated with dengue epidemics in northem Mexico. Moreover, numerous vimses are introduced annually by travelers returning from tropical areas where dengue vimses are endemic. From 1977 to 1994, a total of 2,248 suspected cases of imported dengue were reported in the United States. Although some specimens collected were not adequate for laboratory diagnosis, 481(21%) cases were confirmed as dengue. Many more cases probably go unreported each year because surveillance in the United States is passive and relies on physicians to . recognize the disease, inquire about the patient's travel history, obtain proper diagnostic samples, and report the case. These data suggest that southem Texas and the southeastem United States, where Ae. aegypti is found, are at risk for dengue transmission and sporadic outbreaks.

The reasons for this dramatic global emergence of dengue/DHF as a major public health problem are complex and not well understood. However, several important factors can be identified. First, effective mosquito control is virtually nonexistent in most dengue-endemic countries. Considerable emphasis for the past 20 years has-been placed on.ultra-low-rvolume insecticide space sprays for adult mosquito control, a relatively ineffective approach for controlling .<4e. aegypti. Second, major global demographic changes have occurred, the most important of which have been uncontrolled urbanization and concurrent population growth. These demographic changes have resulted in substandard housing and inadequate water, sewer, and waste management systems, all of which increase y4e. aegypti population densities and facilitate transmission ofAe. aegypti-home disease. Third, increased travel by airplane provides the ideal mechanism for transporting dengue vimses between population centers ofthe tropics, resulting in a

I constant exchange of dengue viruses and other pathogens. Lastly, in most countries the public health I infrastmcture has deteriorated. Limited financial and human resources and competing priorities have

resulted in a "crisis mentality" with emphasis on implementing so-called emergency control methods in I response to epidemics rather than on developing programs to prevent epidemic transmission. This I approach has been particularly detrimental to dengue control because, in most countries, surveillance is

(just as in the U.S.) very inadequate; the system to detect increased transmission normally relies on reports by local physicians who often do not consider dengue in their differential diagnoses. As a result, an epidemic has often reached or passed transmission before it is detected.

I Future Outlook

No dengue vaccine is available. Recently, however, attenuated candidate vaccine vimses have been developed in Thailand. These vaccines are safe and immunogenic when given in various formulations, including a quadrivalent vaccine for all four dengue vims serotypes. Efficacy trials in human volunteers have yet to be initiated. Research is also being conducted to develop second-generation recombinant vaccine viruses; the Thailand attenuated vimses are used as a template. Therefore, an effective dengue vaccine for public use will not be available for 5 to 10 years.

Prospects for reversing the recent trend of increased epidemic activity and geographic expansion of dengue are not promising. New dengue vims strains and serotypes will likely continue to be introduced into many areas where the population densities ofAe. aegypti are at high levels. With no new mosquito control technology available, in recent years public health authorities have emphasized disease prevention and mosquito control through community efforts to reduce larval breeding sources. Although this approach will probably be effective in the long mn, it is unlikely to impact disease transmission in the near future. We must, therefore, develop improved, proactive, laboratory-based surveillance systems that can

.-ofj 2 0 0 4 1 4 R.vos-».<. .*

http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dvbid/dctigue.htn

Fie.Jitm . http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dvbid/dcngue.htm

provide early warning of an impending dengue epidemic. At the very least, surveillance results can alert the public to take acrion and physicians to diagnose and properly treat dengue/DHF cases.

Division of Vector-Bome Infectious Diseases, National Center for Infectious Diseases, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Revised June 1997

• ;>. Top ofthis Page

DVBID Home Page

J i- i i ' j 2 0 0 4 1 5 9 • T / 0 9 •> < ' * "

http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dvbid/dcngue.htm

APPENDIX I HEALTH AND SAFETY OPERATING PROCEDURES

BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS

200416

Biological Hazards

Response personnel may encounter biological hazards that include endemic hazards as follows: animals, insects, molds and fungus, and plants. In addition, hazardous waste site personnel may be exposed to etiological agents (infectious diseases).

1. Endemic Biological Hazards An important part of health and safety planning and protection includes identifying and understanding local flora and fauna. Animals, insects, molds and fijngus, and poisonous plants vary from site to site, their likelihood of causing harm also varies. Risk assessment and protection protocol determinations include knowing the how, where and what of hazardous types of plants, animals, insects, or molds and fungus.

A. Animals Animals represent hazards because of their poisons or venoms, size and aggressiveness, diseases transmitted, or the insects they may carry. Poisonous snakes are common across the U.S. The major variables are the likelihood of encounter and the snake likely to be encountered. Encounters with snakes may be caused by moving containers, reaching into holes, or just walking through high grass, swampy area, or rocks. Key factors to working safely include being alert, using care when reaching into or moving containers, and being familiar with the habits and habitats of snakes in the vicinity of an incident or site. A snake bite warrants medical attention after administration of proper first aid procedures. Landfills and abandoned buildings often attract stray or abandoned dogs. These animals often become pack oriented, very aggressive, and represent serious risk of harm to unprotected workers.

Workers entering abandoned buildings should be alert for such animals and avoid approaching them since this may provoke aggressive behavior. Avoidance and protection protocols include watching for animal dens, using good housekeeping, and using repellents.

Animal borne diseases include'rabies (generally found in dogs, skunks, raccoons, bats, and foxes). Rabies varies from area to area as do the animals most likely to be rabid.

Questions and Answers about Rabies

O. What is Rabies and how is it transmitted?

A. Rabies is a viral infection most often transmitted by bites of animals infected with the vims.

O. What animals are most likely to be infected?

A. Skunks, raccoons, foxes, and bats are wild animals most frequently found to be infected with rabies; however, any warm blooded animal can be infected. Squirrels, groundhogs, horses, cattle, and rabbits have been tested positive for rabies. Dogs and cats are frequently rabies-infected if not immunized.

0. How can yoH tell if ati animal is rabies-infected?

A. Rabies infection is not always apparent. Signs to look for in wild animals are over aggressiveness or passivity. Spotting animals which are normally nocturnal (active at night)

200417

during the day and being able to approach them would be an example of unusual behavior. Finding a bat alive and on the ground is abnormal. The best precaution, however, is to observe wild animals from a safe distance, even if they are injured. Avoid dogs and cats that you do not know.

Q. What should you do if bitten by an animal you suspect is infected with rabies?

A. As quickly as possible, wash the bite area with soap and water, then disinfect with 70% alcohol and seek medical attention for follow-up.

Try to capture the animal. Avoid being bitten again or contacting the mouth or any saliva of the animal. Keep the animal under surveillance and call the police for assistance to capture it.

Have the animal tested. A dead animal believed to be infected should be preserved and tested for rabies. Health departments are often sources where information can be found regarding testing.

0. Is there a cure for rabies?

A. Rabies is preventable, even after being bitten, if treatment is begun soon enough. Getting prompt medical attention and confirming the rabies infection of an animal are very important.

Rabies is not curable once symptoms or signs of rabies appear.

There are vaccines available that should be considered if a work assignment involves trapping animals likely to carry rabies. Medical consultants must be involved in decisions to immunize workers against rabies.

B. Hantavirus

WESTON employees or contractors/subcontractors conducting field work in areas where there is

evidence of a rodent population should be aware of an increased level of concern regarding the

transmission of "Hantavims"-associated diseases. Hantavims is associated with rodents, especially

the deer mouse (Peromyscus maniculanis) as a primary reservoir host. Hantavims has resulted in

approximately a dozen deaths in the southwestern U.S. in recent months. The Center for Disease

Control and Prevention (CDC) was concerned that the vims may have been distributed over a larger

geographic area than originally suspected.

The Hantavims can be transmitted by infected rodents through their saliva, urine, and feces. Human

infection may occur when infected wastes are inhaled as a result of aerosols produced directly from

the animals. They also may come from dried materials introduced into broken skin or onto mucous

200418

membranes. Infections in humans occur most in adults and are associated with activities that provide

contact with infected rodents in mral/semimral areas.

Hantavims symptoms begin with one or more flu-like symptoms (i.e., fever, muscle aches, headache,

and/or cough) and progresses rapidly to severe lung disease. Early diagnosis and treatment are vital.

Personnel involved in work areas where rodents and the presence ofthe Hantavims are known or

suspected will need to take personal protective measures and to develop an expanded site safety plan.

Field personnel involved in trapping or contacting rodents or their waste products will need to wear

respirators with HEPA filters, eye protection, Tyvek coveralls, chemical resistant gloves, and

disposable boot covers. Strict decontamination requirements are needed. Double-bag, label, and

require specific handling, packaging, shipping, storage, and analytical procedures to minimize the

risks of exposure of collected mice. More detailed procedures can be obtained from Corporate

Health and Safety.

For employees and facilities in mral/semimral areas: the following risk-reduction strategies are

appropriate:

Eliminate rodents and reduce availability of food sources and nesting sites used by rodents.

Store trash/garbage in rodent-proof metal or thick plastic containers with tight lids.

Cut all grass/underbmsh in proximity to buildings. I

! Prevent rodents from entering buildings (e.g., use steel wool, screen, etc., to eliminate openings).

C. Insects

Diseases that are spread by insects include the following: Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever or Lyme

Disease (tick); Bubonic Plaque (fleas); Malaria, and Equine Encephalitis (mosquito).

Lyme Disease is the second most rapidly spreading disease in the U.S.

D. Lyme Disease 200419

1. Facts

! Definition:

Bacterial infection transmitted by the bite of a deer tick. Prevalence (nationwide and other countries).

! Three stages/sizes of deer ticks:

$ Larvae ! Nymph M Adult

! Tick season is May through October.

! Not all ticks transmit Lyme Disease.

! Ticks must be attached for several hours before Lyme Disease can be transmitted.

! Being bitten by a tick does not mean you will get Lyme Disease.

2. Prevention and Protection:

! Wear light-colored, tight-knit clothing.

! Wear long pants and long-sleeved shirts.

! Tuck pant legs into shoes or boots.

! Wear a hat.

! Use insect repellant containing DEET (follow manufacturer's instmctions for use).

! Check yourself daily for ticks after being in grassy, wooded areas.

! Request information from the Health and. Safety Medical Section regarding Lyme Disease.

3. IfBitten:

Remove the tick immediately with fine-tipped tweezers. Grasp the tick as close to the skin as possible. Pull gently but firmly without twisting or cmshing the tick.

Wash your hands and dab the bite with an antiseptic.

Save the tick in ajar in some alcohol. Label the jar with the date ofthe bite, the area where you picked up the tick, and the spot on your body where you were bitten.

Monitor the bite for any signs of infection or rash.

200420

4. Svmptoms:

Early Signs (may vary from person to person)

! Expanding skin rash.

! Flu-like symptoms during summer or eariy fall that include the following:

Chills, fever, headache, swollen lymph nodes. Stiff neck, aching joints, and muscles. Fatigue.

! Later signs

Nervous system problems. Heart problems. Arthritis, especially in knees.

Upon Onset of Svmptoms:

Notify your RSO and your supervisor. Call Corp. Health and Safety or a medical consultant and follow their instmctions. Submit incident report form.

A sensitivity reaction is one ofthe more dangerous and acute effects of insect bites or stings. It is

the most common cause of fatalities from bites, particularly from bees, wasps, and spiders.

Anaphylactic shock due to stings can lead to severe reactions in the circulatory, respiratory, and

central nervous system. This can also result in death.

Site personnel must be questioned regarding their allergic reaction to insect bites. Anyone knowingly

allergic should be required to carry and know how to use a response kit. First aid providers must be

instmcted on how to use the kit also. The kit must be inspected to ensure it is updated.

Administer first aid and observe persons reporting stings for signs of allergic reaction, such as unusual

swelling, nausea, dizziness, and shock. At the first sign of these symptoms, take the individual to a

medical facility for attention.

Fire ants are small red ants found primarily in southern and western states. There is some indication

that if bitten a person may show allergic reaction in addition to severe pain.

200421

It is important to note that animals may serve as hosts for insects which may spread diseases. Ticks

carrying Lyme disease and Rocky Mountain spotted fever are found on grass, but may be carried on

animals. Bubonic plague, which has emerged in parts of Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, is

associated with fleas found on prairie dogs.

Other insect hazards include mosquitos and scorpions. There have been articles published recently

indicating increases in encephalitis in Florida. Encephalitis is reportedly spread by mosquitos. The

local health department should be contacted prior to working in areas where WESTON does not have

good information about potential biological hazards.

E. Molds and Fungi

In addition to the previously discussed animal inhabitants of old buildings, which are often part of

hazardous materials sites, birds often invade the buildings leaving behind debris and droppings which

may contain molds and fungi in dry forms. Inhalation ofthis easily airborne dust can result in serious

lung disease such as histoplasmosis.

There is a fungus that grows in soil indigenous to the San Joaquin Valley, parts of southem

California, Arizona, and New Mexico. This organism can produce a disease called "Fever", "Valley

Fever", or, technically, Coccidiomycosis when inhaled. Growing up in infected areas apparently

provides a degree of resistance, which newcomers to the areas do not have.

Awareness of a hazard and the pmdent use of respiratory protection are key factors to protection.

Plants

Toxic effects from plants are generally caused by ingestion of nuts, fmits, or leaves. Response

personnel should also be concerned with plants like poison ivy, poison oak, and poison sumac, that

produce adverse effects from direct contact. The usual effect is dermatitis or inflammation ofthe

skin. The protective clothing and decontamination procedures used for chemicals also reduce the

exposure risk from the plant toxins. Risk can be reduced by cleaning the skin thoroughly with soap

and water after contact.

200422

3. Biological Agents

Microbial hazards can occur when the materials handled by workers contain biological contamination.

Biological contamination can be a problem if a chemical spill is mixed with sewage. Most bacteria

that affects humans prefer a neutral environment (pH 7). Thus, an extremely acid or alkaline

environment should destroy or inhibit bacterial growth. However, during neutralization, the

environment could become more conducive to bacteria growth. In these situations, normal

decontamination procedures will usually alleviate problems associated with worker contamination,

although additional decontamination measures may be required for certain biological exposures.

Another source of infection for response workers is poor sanitation. Waterbome and foodbome

diseases can be a problem if adequate precautions are not taken. Examples of waterbome diseases

are cholera, typhoid fever, viral hepatitis, salmonellosis, bacillary dysentery, and amoebic dysentery.

In an emergency response related to a disaster, water supplies may be affected. The source of water

for a long-term remedial action is also important. In some locations, it may be necessary to transport

water and food to the site. The food and water must be handled properly and come from an

uncontaminated source.

The response team must also avoid creating any sanitation problems by making sure that properly

designed lavatory facilities are available at the work site. Note that OSHA requires proper sanitation

measures and potable water at temporary job sites.

Tetanus is another form of biological hazard encountered on hazardous materials sites. Workers must

be careful to avoid puncture hazards, wear appropriate protective clothing, and have current tetanus

inoculations.

Medical wastes may be encountered on hazardous materials sites. Agents may be present in this

waste that are still capable of causing infection. Generally, procedures for protection against chemical

hazards are sufficient to protect workers. Full enclosure chemical protective clothing may be

appropriate since these organisms may have the ability to penetrate the skin. One additional

precaution is to use bleach or some other equivalent agent capable of destroying the biological

organisms in the decontamination procedure.

200423

4. Blood borne Pathogens

In July of 1992, OSHA issued a final Standard for Protection of Workers Potentially Exposed to

Blood borne Pathogens (29 CFR 1910.1030). This standard primarily involves medical and research

personnel and their exposure to blood or blood-containing fluids infected with Blood borne

Pathogens. Blood borne pathogens are pathogenic microorganisms that may be present in human

blood and may cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to. Hepatitis

B Vims (HBV) and Human Immunodeficiency Vims (HIV).

These HIV and HBV organisms could potentially be present in viable states on hazardous waste sites,

with Hepatitis Vims being the more likely to survive in temperatures outside the body temperature

ranges.

The other potential for exposure would be to workers who could be infected. The OSHA Standard

specifically includes first aid providers among workers covered by this standard.

The basic concept ofthis Standard is that medical care first aid workers must take the "universal

precaution" of assuming that any blood-containing fluid, person bleeding, or equipment

contaminated with blood are infected with both vimses.

Protection involves use of personal protection such as gloves, gowns, eye shields, surgical masks,

one-way valve rescue breather devices. It also involves training, disinfectants, and decontamination.

Workers must have a basic understanding of Bloodborne Pathogens in order to protect themselves

effectively from any hazards. This is particularly tme of Site Supervisors, SHSCs and others

expected to administer first aid if necessary.

Completion of safety plans requires identification of and assessment of risk of exposure to biological

hazards. This program deals primarily with two forms of infection (Hepatitis B Vims (HBV) and

Human Immunodeficiency Vims (HIV)), which are of concern to workers who may come in contact

with bodily fluids associated with blood.

200424

At a minimum, WESTON's Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan will be on site and

implemented for each project for first aid providers. If medical waste is anticipated on a site,

WESTON's Employee Exposure Control Plan for Hazardous Waste Workers will be implemented.

Hepatitis B Vims

Definition C The term "hepatitis" simply means an inflammation ofthe liver. This condition can be

caused by a wide variety of agents including medications, alcohol, toxic or poisonous substances, and

infectious agents such a vimses. Hepatitis B, formerly known as "semm" hepatitis, is the only form

of viral hepatitis that poses a significant occupational threat in the health care environment.

Symptoms C HBV is a disease that causes liver damage, the severity of which can range from mild

or even inapparent to severe or fatal. Ofthe infected individuals, 6-10% will become HBV carriers.

Carriers are at risk of developing chronic liver disease, including active hepatitis, cirrhosis and

primary liver cancer. Carriers are also infectious to others (USHHS and NIOSH, 1989).

Incidence C Nationwide, there are approximately 300,000 new cases of hepatitis B infection each

year and about 5,000 deaths due to this disease. There are approximately 12,000 cases of

occupational Hepatitis B infection each year and more than 200 deaths in health care employees

alone.

Approximately 5 percent ofthe entire U.S. population (more than 12 million people) have been

infected with Hepatitis B in the past. Of great concern from a transmission point of view is the fact

that nearly one-half of all such cases will be subclinical.

Many individuals become carriers ofthis disease without knowing that they have ever been infected.

The carrier rate is approximately 10 percent. According to estimates, there are approximately

750,000 to 1,000,000 asymptomatic carriers ofthe vims in the U.S. As patients, these individuals

pose a substantial threat to the health care environment.

Sources of Infection C The Hepatitis B vims has been isolated from various body fluids including

blood, semen, vaginal secretions, breast milk, saliva, and serous fluid. Within the health care setting,

however. Hepatitis B is thought to be transmitted primarily by percutaneous or permucosal blood

200425

through needle sticks or the splashing of blood or blood-tinged body fluids into the eyes or mouth.

Risk C There is a direct relationship between the likelihood of occupational Hepatitis B infection and

the frequency of blood contact. Health care professionals (surgeons, operating room-staff,

pathologists, and emergency room personnel) exhibit a high incidence of exposure to Hepatitis B

infection. The frequency of blood contact determines the level of risk.

Protective Measures

Protective measures against Hepatitis B infection include good hand washing practices, caution, and

proper technique in the handling ofthe following potentially contaminated items: needles, sharps,

supplies, and instmments. Excellent protective treatment for, or prevention of, this disease is

afforded by both Hepatitis B immune globulin (HBIG) and by Hepatitis B vaccine. Ehher or both

of these should be given as soon as possible after any documented exposure to blood (Johnson and

Johnson, 1992).

Acquired Immunodeficiencv Vims

Definition C Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome or AIDS is a severe viral disease recently

introduced into the U.S. AIDS severely affects the immune system and is characterized by a

multitude of opportunistic infections.

The AIDS vims is typical of most vimses. It cannot survive for any appreciable amount of time

outside its human host. Its presence in the general environment is extremely unlikely and is limited

to body secretions, primarily blood and semen. HIV is very susceptible to a large number of common

household disinfectants since it is an unstable vims.

Svmptoms C The outcome or manifestation of illness varies with individuals who are infected with

the HIV vims.

Some infected persons have no disease symptoms and may not show outward signs ofthe disease for

many years.

200426

Some infected persons suffer less severe symptoms than do those with diagnosed cases of AIDS.

These lesser symptoms may include loss of appetite, weight loss, fever, night sweats, skin rashes,

diarrhea, tiredness, lack of resistance to infection, and swollen lymph nodes.

AIDS is the result of the progressive destmction of a persons immune system, which is the body's

defense against disease. This destmction allows diseases to threaten the person's health and life that

the body can normally fight. A particulariy dangerous type of pneumonia and certain other infections

often invade a body weakened by HIV. HIV can also attack the nervous system and cause damage

to the brain. This may take years to develop. The symptoms may include memory loss, indifference,

loss of coordination, partial paralysis, or mental disorder (USHHS and NIOSH, 1989).

Incidence C Over the past decade, approximately 210,000 cases of AIDS have been reported in the

U.S. In addition, there are an estimated one million individuals who have been infected with the vims

but who have not yet developed the disease. It is important to remember that these individuals are

generally without symptoms yet they are carriers ofthe vims and thus potentially infectious.

Sources of Infection C The various modes by which HIV can be transmitted are well defined. Male

homosexual and bisexual practices along with intravenous (IV) dmg abuse are two major means of

transmission.

Although not as efficient a mode of infection, heterosexual transmission does occur, and is increasing

in incidence in several countries around the world. Comparatively, fewer individuals have contracted

AIDS as the result of receiving contaminated blood or blood products. In addition, the advent of

laboratory tests to detect infection with HIV has almost eliminated any possibility ofthis mode of

transmission.

AIDS is not hereditary, however, it can be congenital. In fact, vertical transmission, which involves

passage of the vims from an infected woman to her unborn child, is the third major means of

transmission and accounts for the majority of cases of pediatric AIDS.

Risk C There is a common misconception that health care workers are at high risk for acquiring HIV

infection through occupational exposure. Studies confirm the fact that this supposed risk is less than

one percent. Ofthe thousands of health care workers in the U.S. and other parts ofthe world who

200427

have been exposed to HIV through patient contact, very few have developed subsequent infection.

AIDS is a concern of immense proportion to the health care community. However, from an

occupational health point of view there is little reason for undue concem regarding this vims.

Protective Measures

Simple use of good personal hygiene, common sense, and the barrier techniques which are discussed

in this operating practice will help to prevent health care workers from contracting HIV infection or

any other serious illness in the workplace (Johnson and Johnson, 1992).

200428

APPENDIX J

HEALTH AND SAFETY OPERATING PROCEDURES

EXCAVATING/TRENCHING

200429

Excavating/Trenching - FT.D28

Health and Safetv Plan Operating Procedures

Field Operating Procedure - FLD28 - Excavating/Trenching

Related FLD OPS:

FLD02 - Inclement Weather

FLD08 - Confined Spaces Entry

FLD26 - Ladders

FLD34 - Utilities

Trenching and excavation work will be done in conformance with 29 CFR 1926.650-651 as well as

any state, local and client. Compliance will be based on use of and conformance with the attached

Permit and Inspection Checklist.

No person may enter a trench or work at the foot ofthe face of an excavation until a competent

person such as the Site Health and Safety Coordinator, if qualified, has inspected and determined

whether sloping, benching, shielding or shoring is required to protect against cave-in or subsidence

and the appropriate protection has been installed. The Excavation permit form below will be

completed and issued prior to beginning excavation.

Trench and excavations must be inspected regularly by competent persons to ensure that changes in

temperature, precipitation, shallow groundwater, over burden or nearby building weight, vibration

or nearby equipment operation have not caused weakening of sides, faces and floors, and that

protection is being maintained. Inspections will be documented on the checklist below.

This assessment must be made, regardless of whether or not personnel will be working within, when

heavy equipment must work nearby, prior to and during use, to ensure the trench or excavation will

support the weight ofthe equipment without subsiding and possibly causing the equipment to tip.

Sufficient ramps or ladders must be provided to trenches or excavations to allow quick egress.

200430

Ladders may be placed no more than 25' apart, must be secured from shifting, and must extend at

least three feet above the landing point. Use, constmction, and maintenance of ladders must conform

to ladder safetv requirements.

A competent person must design and supervise constmction of shoring, sheeting, and/or sloping.

Material removed from a trench or excavation must be placed far enough from the edge (at least 2'

feet) to prevent its sliding into the excavation and/or from stressing the trench or excavation walls.

Access to trenching areas must be controlled and limited to those persons who are authorized. Prior

to entering a trench or excavation, workers must notify the site supervisor, site health and safety

coordinator, and nearby equipment operators whose activities could affect the trench or excavation.

If trenches or excavations are near walkways or roadways, guards or warning barriers must be placed

to alert pedestrians and drivers ofthe presence ofthe trench or excavation.

If possible, trenches or excavations should be covered or filled in when unattended; otherwise, strong

barriers must be placed around the trench or excavation, and lighting must be provided at night if the

trench or excavation is near walkways or roadways.

200431

DATE: TIME: LOCATION:

DESCRIPTION OF EXCAVATION:,

PERSON IN CHARGE OF WORK: SAFETY-WATCHMf, applicable.

ITEM

Is there a competent person on site?

Have utilities been located?

Will excavation be less than 5 ft in depth? If yes, has competent person determined appropriate worker protection?

Will excavation be > 5 ft in depth? If yes, complete remainder.

Workers in or near top or face of excavation will be adequately protected?

What is expected soil type? Is protection ("Sloping, benching, shoring, sheeting or shielding) according to 1926.652.

If sloping/benching used: Angle no greater than 1 1/2 to I (34E) or: Conforms to Appendix B 1926.652 for type C soils? ; or conforms to Apoendix A or B. ;

or conforms to other published tables which are on site ; or is designed by competent Registered PE If shoring, sheeting or shielding used: Designs based on Appendix A, C, D, or G 1926.652 ; or Designed and used according to manufacturer's specs and instructions ; or design is according to published tables which are on site or design is by a competent Registered PE

If Appendix A is used, indicate soil classification . Is classification based on at least on manual and one visual test?

Plan for installation and removal of support systems is appropriate.

Is planned protection for surface encumbrances appropriate?

Are t'lere adequate provisions for access and egress?

Is pl.'.n for protection from vehicular traffic adequate?

Are barriers & lighting provided for pedestrian and vehicle protection?

Is plan adequate for protection from exposure to falling loads?

Is there an adequate proximity warning s>'Stem for mobile equipment?

Plan adequately addresses hazards of/protection from accumulating water?

Plan adequately accounts for stability and potential impact of adjacent structures?

Is plan for protection from loose soil or rock adequate?

Inspections will be conducted of excavation and adjacent areas: Prior to start of work ; daily , after rain storms or other hazard increasing occurrences . Inspections are documented

Is fall protection adequate?

Is there a potentially hazardous environment? If yes, complete table on Page 2.

Is appropriate emergency/rescue equipment available?

Y N COMMENT

.

200432

Testing

Percent Oxygen

Percent LEL

*Carbon monoxide

•Hydrogen sulfide

PEL/Action Level

19.5-23.5%

> 20%

35 ppm

10 ppm

Concentration/Time

*If Applicable

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

ITEM

Hot work permit required?

Confined Entry procedures and permits required?

Have all employees reviewed and signed Health and Safety Plan?

YES NO COMMENT

EMERGENCY PLAN

EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS:

Fire Department: Police Department:, _; Ambulance:. _; Medical:

EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

Fire Extinguisher - Type: Location:

Rescue Breathing Apparatus - Location:

Life Line systems - Location:

First Aid Kit - Location:

Non-powered digging tools - Location:

Site Safety Officer sign-off:

Registered Professional Engineer:

EMPLOYEES SIGN-OFF:

Competent person sign-off:.

NAME (PLEASE PRINT) SIGNATURE DUTIES

200433

PROJECT:

INSPECTOR:

INSPECTION DAI b TIME

Identify excavation(s) audited:

All Fxcavations inspected?

Soil Type Verified each excavation?

Competant Person Identified

Registered Professional Engineer (RPE) involved?

Y N Comment

Why not?

Indicate Type:

Name:

Name:

-NOTE: FOR-CALffORMA 0PERATIONSrATRENCHING-PERMITISSUED-BY-THE-DI-WSI0N OF 0GGUP AND HEALTH (DOSH) IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK ON ANY EXCAVATION OR TRENCH FIVE (5) FEET DEEP OR DEEPER IN WHICH EMPLOYEES WILL BE REQUIRED TO WORK.

This inspection list is designed to assist in verifying inspection requirements established in 29 CFR 1926.560-562 Subpart P and Cal/OSHA 8 CCR 341, 1540 and 1541.

A. TRAINING

1. Employees have been trained in hazard recognition and safe work practices associated with excavation work.

2. Employees have been trained in excavation emergency procedures.

Y N Comments

B. SURFACE ENCUMBERANCES (Trees, boulders, telephone poles, havy equipment)

1. All surface encumberances posing a threat to employees are identified, removed or supported.

C. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES/INSTALLATIONS (Electric, gas, fuel, product, water, teleconiiminicalion, sewer, lines, etc)

1. Utility searches are completed and documented.

2. Appropriate Agency/Client representative contacted.

3. Local Permits are obtained and on file.

200434

If excavation will impinge on underground utilities:

4. Procedures in place to detect/protect as utilities are neared.

5. Procedures in place to guard/support exposed utility lines.

D. ACCESS AND EGRESS

1. Ladders, stairways or ramps are provided every 25 feet of linear travel in excavations 4 feet deep or deeper.

2 Ladders are appropriately secured and extend at least three feet above the top landing area.

3. Personnel and equipment acccess and egress ramps are designed by a competent person.

4. Ramps/runways of two or more structural members are joined so as to prevent displacement.

5. Structiual members of ramps/runways of two or more members are of imiform tliicknesss.

6. Cleats or other appropriate means used to connect runway structural members are attached to the bottom of the runway or in a manner to prevent tripping.

7. All structural members are slip resistant.

Y

""

N Comments

.--

E. EXPOSURE TO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC

1. Appropriate warning signs or barriers are used to protect employees exposed to vehicular traffic .

2. Employees exposed to vehicular traffic are provided with and wear warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of reflectorized or high-visibility material.

F. EXPOSURE TO FALLING LOADS

1. Employee are not permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging equipment.

2. Employees are required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to avoid being stuck by any spillage or falling materials.

200435

3. Operators remain the cabs of vehicles being loaded or unloaded only if vehicles are equipped, according to 1926.601(b)(6), to provide adequate protection for the operator during loading/unloading operations.

G. WARNING SYSTEM FOR MOBILE EQUIPMENT.

1. Operator of mobile equipment operated adjacent to an excavation has a clear and direct view ofthe edge ofthe excavation.

2. Grade is away from the excavation.

3. If not, and such equipment is required to approach the edge of an excavation, a warning system is used such as barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs.

H. HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES

1. Is there potential for hazardous atmosphere in excavations?

2. If Yes, the atmosphere in the excavations has been tested before employees enter.

3. Atmosphere is monitored at established frequency and documented on form on page 8.

4. Adequate precautions are taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen and other hazardous atmospheres.

5. Adequate precautions are taken to ensure employee exposure is less than 10 percent LEL.

6. Testing is conducted as often as necessary to ensure that the atmosphere remains safe.

I. EMERGENCY RESCUE EOUIPMENT

Y N

1. Emergency rescue equipment, (breathing apparatus, safety harness and line, basket stretcher, etc), is readily available where hazardous atmospheric conditions exist or may reasonably be expected to develop during work in an excavation. Equipment is attended when in use.

2. Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes, or other similar deep and confined footing excavations, wear a harness with a life-line securely attached. The lifeline is separate from any line used to handle materials, and is attended at all times while the employee wearing the lifeline is in the excavation.

2 0 0 4 3 6

J. PROTECTION FROM HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH WATER ACCUMULATION

1. Employees do not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or in excavations in which water is accumulating, unless adequate precautions have been taken to protect employees against the hazards posed by water accumulation.

2. If water is controlled or prevented from accumulating by the use of water removal equipment, the water removal equipment and operation is monitored by a competent person to ensure proper operation.

3. If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water (such as streams), diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering the excavation and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation.

4. Excavations subject to runoff from heavy rains are inspected by a competent person and are in compliance with paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) ofthis section.

200437

K. STABH.TTY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES

1. Support systems (shoring, bracing, or underpinning) are provided to ensure the stability of such structures where the stability of adjoining buildings, walls, or other structures is endangered by excavation operation.

2. Excavation below the level of the base or footing of any foundation or retaining wall is not permitted unless:

3. A support system, such as underpinning, is provided to ensure the safety of employees and the stability of the structure; or

4. The excavation is in stable rock; or

a. An RPE has approved the determination that the structure is sufficiently removed from the excavation so as to be unaffected by the excavation activity; or

- b - -An RPE-has approved the-determination-that-such-excavation-work will not pose a hazard to employees.

7. Sidewalks, pavements, and appurtenant structures are not undermined unless a support system or another method of protection is provided to protect employees from the possible collapse of such structures.

Y N Comments

L. PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEES FROM LOOSE ROCK OR SOIL.

1. Employees are protected from excavated or other materials or equipment that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling into excavations.

2. Adequate protection such as scaling to remove loose material or installation of protective barricades is provided to protect employees from loose rock or soil falling or rolling from an excavation face.

M. INSPECTIONS.

1. Inspections are conducted prior to the start of work and as needed throughout the shift by a competent person.

2. Daily inspections of e.xcavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems are made by a competent person for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions.

3. Inspections are made after every rainstorm or other hazard-increasing occurrence(freezing, thawing, increased vibration or new traffic pattrn).

4. Inspections are documented.

200438

N. FALL PROTECTION

1. Walkways or bridges with standard guardrails are provided, where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations.

2. Adequate barrier physical protection (sufficient to provide protection for vehicles or pedestrians as appropriate) and lighting shall be provided at all remotely located excavations.

3. All wells, pits, shafts, etc., are barricaded or covered.

O. PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEES IN EXCAVATIONS.

1. Each employee in an excavation is protected from cave-ins by an adequate protective system designed in accordance with paragraph (b) or (c) of 29 CFR 1926.652. Unless:

a. Excavations are made entirely in stable rock; or

Y N Comments

b. Excavations are less than 5 feet (1.52 m) in depth and examination ofthe ground by a competent person provides no indication of a potential cave-in.

2. Employees are not permitted to work on the faces of sloped/benched excavations at levels above other employees except when employees at the lower levels are adequately protected from the hazard of falling, rolling, or sliding material or equipment.

3. Protective systems have the capacity to resist, without failure, all loads that are intended or could reasonably be expected to be applied or transmitted to tlie system.

P. PFSTfiN OF SLOPING AND BENCHING SYSTEMS.

I. Slopes and configurations of sloping and benching sj'Stems are selected and constructed in accordance with the requirements of:

a. paragraph (b)(l)(Slope angles no greater than 1 1/2:1(34°} or conform to slopes and configuration required in Appendix B of 1926.652 for type C soils); or,.

b. paragraph (b)(2)(slopes and configurations are according to Appendix A and B of 1926.652); or,

c. paragraph (b)(3)(slopes and configurations are according to other published tables which are available on site), or,

d. paragraph (b)(4)(slopes and configurations are designed by an RPE. A copy of the design is on site).

2 0 0 4 3 9

O. DESIGN OF SUPPORT SYSTEMS. SHIELD SYSTEMS. AND OTHER PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS.

1. Designs of support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems shall be selected and constructed by the employer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of:

a. paragraph (c)(I)(Designs are based on appendices A, C and D); or,

paragraph (c)(2)(Designs and use is in accordance with Manufacturer's Tabulated Data, specifications or instructions, a copy of which is on site.); or,

c. paragraph (c)(3)(Designs use other tabulated data, a copy of which is on site).; or,

d. paragraph (c)(4)(Designed by an RPE, a copy ofthe design is on site).

"R-TN.S-TALlTAT-ION-A-ND'REMOV-AIrQF'SUPPORT — —

Y N Comments

"

1. Members of support systems are securely connected together to prevent sliding, falling, kickouts, or other predictable failure.

2. Installation of a support system is closely coordinated with the excavation of trenches.

3. Support systems are installed and removed in a manner that protects employees from cave-ins, structural collapses, or from being struck by members of the support system.

4. Are individual members of support systems subjected to loads exceeding those which those members were designed to withstand.

5. Before temporary removal of individual members begins, additional precautions are taken to ensure the safety of employees, such as installing other structural members to cany the loads imposed on the support system.

6. Removal begins at, and progresses from, the bottom of the excavation. Members are released slowly so as to note any indication of possible failure ofthe remaining members ofthe structure or possible cave-in ofthe sides of the excavation.

7. Backfilling progresses together with the removal of support systems from excavations.

8. E.xcavation of material to a level no greater than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottom ofthe members of a support system is permitted only if: 1) the sj'Stem is designed to resist the forces calculated for the full depth ofthe trench, and 2) there are no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom ofthe support sj'Stem.

200440

S. SHIELD SYSTEMS

1. Shield systems are not subjected to loads exceeding those which the system was designed to withstand.

2. Shields are installed in a manner to restrict lateral or other hazardous movement ofthe shield in the event of application of sudden lateral loads.

. 3. Employees are protected from the hazard of cave-ins when entering or exiting the areas protected by shields.

4. Employees are not allowed in shield when shields are being installed, removed, or moved vertically.

5. Excavations of earth material to a level not greater than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottom of a shield is permitted only if the shield is designed to resist the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench, and there are no indications while the trench is open of a possible loss of soil from behind or below the bottom of the shield. " " ~~ ' " " ' "" " ' "

T. ADDITIONAL COMJvtENTS

Y N Comments

2 0 0 4 4 1

U. Atmospheric Monitoring Record

Testing

Percent Oxygen

Percent LEL

Toxic-

- . " •

PEL/Action Level

19.5-23.5%

> 20%

1/2 of PEL/TLV

• • . -

Concentration/Time Concentration/Time Concentration/Time

200442

APPENDIX K

HEALTH AND SAFETY OPERATING PROCEDURES FIRST AID PROCEDURES

200443

Exposure Control Plan for First Aid Providers

Health and Safetv Operating Procedures

Field Operating Procedure - FLD44 - BioloRical Hazards

EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN - FIRST AID PROVIDERS

1.0 Scope and Application

Blood borne pathogens are pathogenic microorganisms which may be present in human blood and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to hepatitis B virus (HBV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

OSHA requires compliance with 29 CFR 1910.1030, Occupafional Exposure to Blood borne Pathogens Standard, where as a condition of employment, there is known or potential exposure to blood borne pathogens. A source of occupational exposure may occur when an employee gives First Aid and CPR to an individual who has infectious blood. The occupational exposure occurs when potentially infectious materials come in contact with the employees eyes, mucous membranes, non-intact skin through cuts and abrasions while administering First Aid and CPR. Additional sources of exposure are contact with infectious waste found at hazardous waste sites, glassware, needles other sharp objects which have been involved in injuries to personnel resulting in contamination with blood or related bodily fluids and laboratory personnel who may analyze samples containing infectious waste.

This Exposure Control Plan addresses protection of First Aid Providers. An additional Plan deals with exposure to Blood borne Pathogens through contact with Infectious Waste.

WESTON sites distant from medical facilities, require employees to be trained to render First Aid to comply with 29 CFR 1910.151 (b) as well as 29 CFR 1910.120 which requires provision of first aid services at hazardous waste sites. WESTON Site Health & Safety Coordinators (SHSCs) and Site Supervisors are required to be certified in First Aid and CPR.

WESTON personnel are engaged in delivery of First Aid and CPR in the pre-hospital setting. First Aid and CPR duties are often performed in uncontrolled environments, which, due to a lack of time and other factors, do not allow for application of a complex decision-making process to the emergency at hand.

200444

This document serves as WESTON's Exposure Control Plan for First Aid Providers and is intended to assist personnel in making decisions concerning the use of personal protective equipment (PPE) and resuscitation equipment, as well as for decontamination, labeling, containerizing and disposal procedures.

2.0 Information Program

In order to effectively protect themselves from hazards, workers must have a basic understanding of the hazard. This is particularly true of Site Supervisors, SHSCs and others expected to administer first aid if

• necessary.

Because there is a risk, albeit low, of contact with infectious waste in many WESTON activities, WESTON training programs have addressed Biological hazards including infectious agents for almost six years.

Completion of safety plans requires identification and assessment of risk from exposure to biological hazards. This program deals primarily with two forms of infection (Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HiV)) which are of concern to workers who can come in contact with bodily fluids associated with blood.

WESTON's information program relative to Blood borne Pathogens is designed to inform workers and conform with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1030.

WESTON training programs will provide information on Blood borne Pathogens and the Occupational Exposure to Blood borne Pathogens Standard to all field personnel with special emphasis on those employees expected to perform First Aid.

Information on Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and the associated disease (AIDS) is included in Attachment 1.

3.0 Exposure Control

The Exposure Control Plan is designed to eliminate or minimize employee exposure to Blood borne pathogens through information and training as well as use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), safe handling procedures, decontamination and proper disposal procedures.

200445

3.1 Exposure Determination

Good practice as well as the OSHA regulation requires that the Blood borne Pathogen Exposure Control Program identify the WESTON activities which increase risk of exposure to Blood borne Pathogens. These activities include:

3.2 Designated First Aid Providers

Site Supervisors and SHSCs and those required to be certified in First Aid and CPR and may be at risk from Blood borne Pathogens if these services are rendered.

Attachment 2 lists the First Aid and CPR sub-tasks which may be required for SHSCs.

4.0 Methods of Compliance

4.1 Universal PreCaufions

When treating a victim for an injury, conducting CPR or handling potentially infectious waste, the universal precautions are an approach to infection control. According to the concept of universal precautions, all human blood and certain human body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV and other Blood borne pathogens. Body substances, including feces, urine, or vomiting are not included, unless they contain visible blood. Under circumstances in which differentiation between body fluid types is difficult or impossible, all body fluids shall be considered potentially infectious materials.

4.2 Work Practices

Work practice controls reduce the likelihood of exposure by altering the manner in which a task is performed.

o While wearing gloves, avoid touching personal items, such as a comb. Also avoid touching your face and eyes, etc.

o Mouth suctioning of blood or other infectious materials is prohibited.

200446

o When handling sharps such as needles used for bee stings or diabetes, do not recap, purposely bend, break by hand, remove from disposable syringes, or otherwise manipulate by hand. As soon a possible after use, contaminated sharps are to be placed in puncture proof leak proof containers until

. they can be disposed of Broken glassware which may be contaminated shall not be picked up directly with the hands unless gloves to protect the hands against cuts are used. It is best to use mechanical means, such as a brush and dust pan then place contaminated broken glass in a puncture proofi'leak proof container.

o When handling red bag waste, hold the top end ofthe bag rather than the bottom.

o Containers of potentially infectious waste should be labeled with a biohazard label.

o All PPE should be inspected prior to use. PPE should not be worn when the PPE barrier is compromised.

0 Hands and other skin surfaces should be washed immediately and thoroughly if contaminated with ..... __. blood, _other-.b„ody„fluids to which universal precautions apply, or their potentially contaminated

articles. Hands should always be washed after gloves are removed even if the gloves appear intact. Where hand washing facilities are not readily accessible, an antiseptic hand cleaner along with clean cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towelets should be used. When antiseptic hand cleaners or towelets are used hands shall be washed with soap and running water as soon a feasible (USHHS & NIOSH, 1989).

o All first aid procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be performed in such a manner as to minimize splashing, spraying, spattering, and generation of droplets of these

' substances.

4.3 Engineering controls

Engineering controls isolate or remove the Blood borne pathogen hazard from the workplace.

o Proper containerizing, labeling and disposal of contaminated items are required for all potentially

infectious waste.

o Minimizing needle sticks placing them in a puncture proof container.

o Limit access or close off areas which contain potentially infectious materials.

200447

4.4 Administrative Controls

Administrative controls reduce or eliminate Blood borne pathogen hazards from the workplace by program development i.e.. Exposure Control Plan, auditing to ensure these programs are in place and providing information and training.

The training program for Blood borne Pathogen Exposure awareness and control is described above. Site health and Safety coordinators as well as Region and Division Safety Officers and Corporate Health an Safety all have audit responsibility which includes monitoring for conformance with the Occupational Exposure to Blood borne Pathogens Standard.

5.0 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

PPE is specialized clothing or equipment worn by an employee for protection against a hazard. Attachment 3 provides examples of recommendations for PPE in the pre-hospital setting; the list is not intended to be all-inclusive. WESTON's Regional Safety Officer (RSO) will ensure that first aid kits (office and field kits) are supplied with the PPE listed in Attachment 3 and are checked on a monthly basis and restocked when used. Items identified in Attachment 3 should be purchased through Equipment stores. The items identified by asterisk in Attachment 3 will become a standard part of every WESTON first aid kit.

If the chance of being exposed to blood is high, the care giver should put on protective attire before beginning CPR or First Aid. Protective barriers should be used in accordance with the level of exposure encountered.

Minor lacerations or small amounts of blood do not merit the same extent of barrier used as required for massive arterial bleeding. Management ofthe patient who is not bleeding and who has no bloody body fluids present, should not routinely require use of barrier precautions.

Under rare or extra-ordinary circumstatices, a responding employee may decide, based on his or her judgement, that use of PPE would have prevented delivery of care or would have posed an increased hazard to safety ofthe employee or co-worker. When this judgement has been made, an investigation of the event will be initiated and documented in order to determine what changes in procedures or protective equipment is needed.

General work clothes (e.g., coveralls, pants shirts or blouses) not intended to function as protection against a hazard are not considered to be PPE.

The following PPE may be required for the tasks described in Section 3.1.

200448

All PPE should be inspected prior to use. Defective PPE will not be used.

All PPE will be removed prior to leaving a contaminated area and secured properly for decontamination or proper disposal.

5.1 Masks, Eyewear, Head, Boot Covers and Gowns

Surgical type masks, eyewear and impervious splash apron, splash gowns or Tyveks coveralls should be in or accompany all first aid kits. Masks and eyewear such as goggles (or glasses with solid side shields), should be worn together or a face shield should be used by personal prior to any situation where splashes of blood or other body fluids to which universal precautions apply are likely to occur. If large splashes or quantities of blood are present or anticipated then boot and head covers, eyewear, face masks, impervious gowns or coveralls in conjunction with aprons should be worn.

Personnel should also protect against particulate hazards associated with dried blood by using masks, boots, gowns and gloves.

5.2 Gloves

Disposable powder less surgical gloves or latex gloves will be a standard component of emergency response equipment to be donned by all personnel prior to initiating any emergency patient care tasks involving exposure to blood or other body fluids to which universal precautions apply. Extra pairs of varying sizes should also be available. There is no single type or thickness of glove appropriate for protection in all situations. Disposable (single use) gloves such as surgical or latex shall be replaced as soon as practical when contaminated or as soon as feasible if they are torn, punctured or when their ability to flinction as a barrier is compromised. Greater PPE measures are required for situations where broken glass and sharp, edges are likely to be encountered.

It may be necessary to use disposable gloves under heavy gloves to protect against sharp edges. For situations where large amounts of blood are likely to be encountered, it is important that gloves fit tightly at the wrist to prevent blood contamination of hands around the cuff. For multiple trauma victims, gloves should be changed between patient contacts, if the emergency situation allows.

200449

5.3 Resuscitation equipment

No transmission of HBV or HIV infection during mouth to mouth resuscitation has been documented. However, because ofthe risk of salivary transmission of other infectious diseases and the theoretical risk of HIV and HBV transmission during artificial ventilation of trauma victims, disposable mouth to mouth resuscitation masks (one way valve type only) should be used. These devices are designed to isolate emergency response personnel from contact with victim's blood and blood-contaminated saliva, respiratory secretions, and vomiting. Disposable resuscitation equipment and devices should be disposed of once they have been used (USHHS and NIOSH, 1989).

6.0 Decontamination

Decontamination uses physical or chemical means to remove, inactivate, or destroy Blood borne pathogens on a surface or item to the point where they are no longer capable of transmitting infectious particles and the

"sijrfaceW'iteriris renderedTafe"forhandling, use or^^isposal^ fluids should be promptly cleaned up. At a minimum, if volume of fluids is large, gown, boofies, eye protection, hair protection and disposable respirators should be worn. If a large area is contaminated with potentially infectious blood, bodily fluids etc. then this area should be marked off as contaminated. Efforts should be made to clean the area up by shoveling contents into red bags or using disinfectants to kill potential pathogen (USHHS and NIOSH 1989). Visible material should first be removed with disposable towels or other appropriate means that will ensure protection against direct contact with blood. The area should be decontaminated with a commercial disinfectant solution or a 1:100 solution of household bleach. Soiled cleaning equipment should be cleaned and decontaminated with the disinfectant solution (USHHS and NIOSH, 1989).

If a victim's clothes becomes soiled with blood during First Aid or CPR, the soiled material i.e., clothes, resuscitation equipment or disposable towels should be placed in a red or orange plastic bag. If possible this bag should accompany the victim to the hospital or ambulance. Where on-site emergency care is given and additional medical treatment is not likely, place soiled material in a red or orange plastic bag then call a local medical disposal company.

200450

Decontamination ofthe care giver is required following contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. Work coveralls which have been soiled with blood may be laundered at a laundry facility capable of handling contaminated clothing. The laundry service must be informed of the potential contamination. The work coveralls should be placed in a red or orange bag. Site equipment which has been contaminated with blood or other infectious material shall be decontaminated. Boots and leather goods may be brush-scrubbed with soap and hot water to remove contamination.

All PPE should be removed and contained prior to leaving the work area. Hands must be washed immediately after each contact with a potentially contaminated person or articles. Use ordinary soaps. Use water less disinfectants solution when soap and water are not available on-site. Once off-site use a restroom sink for hand washing.

7.0 Containerizing

The potentially contaminated materials and shSps'container generated frorti givihgTir'st Aid and CPR will" be placed in a red or orange containers/bag. When PPE is removed it shall be placed in an appropriate designated area for containerization. If the outside contamination ofthe primary container occurs, the primary container shall be placed within a second container which prevents leakage during handling processing storage, transport or shipping and is labeled or color coded.

Sharps such as needles used for bee stings or diabetes should be placed in a puncture proof/leak proof color coded or labeled container. If other contents could puncture the primary container, the primary container shall be placed within a secondary container which is puncture resistant. The liquid generated from the decontamination process should be contained in a leakproof container until a local medical waste disposal company can provide information on proper disposal based on local, state and federal regulations.

8.0 Labeling

Biohazard warning labels are to be attached to containers of regulated wastes or other containers of potentially infectious materials during storage, transport or shipment. Red or orange bags may be substituted for labeling requirement. Ideally such waste generated during WESTON activity will use one and ideally both methods of identificafion.

200451

9.0 Disposal

If an ambulance is called to transport the victim to the hospital, attempts should be made to leave the potentially contaminated red bag waste with the ambulance service. Similarly, if a person is driven to the hospital by another employee, attempts should be made to leave the red bag waste with the employee for ultimate disposal at the hospital. Containers must be properly identified prior to transport.

Where on-site emergency care is given and additional medical treatment is not likely, place the red or orange plastic bag in a secure place on-site and call a local medical disposal company. Similarly a local medical disposal facility should be contacted when disposal for infectious waste from a hazardous waste site or laboratory is required. Request the medical disposal company to supply a sturdy shipping container with manifest and appropriate shipping labels.

J_0.0 Vaccination and Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-up

10.1 Vaccination

It is not WESTON's intent at this tirne to offer Hepatitis B Vaccination for First Aid providers.

Hepatitis B vaccines are 70-88% effective when give within 1 week after HBV exposure. The HBIG, a preparation of immune globulin with high levels of antibody to HBV (anti-HBs), provides temporary passive protection following exposure to HBV. Combination treatment with hepatitis B vaccine and HBIG is over 90% effective in preventing hepatitis B following a documented exposure (Center of Disease Control, 1985).

Upon suspicion or verification of exposure to blood or infectious materials. Hepatitis Vaccination will be made available to the exposed individual(s) at no cost to the employee. The employee will immediately be referred to WESTON's Occupational Medical consultants for counseling and management.

10.2 Incident Reporting

When an employee gives First Aid or CPR, or is potentially exposed to Blood borne pathogens, an Incident Report must be completed. The report must indicate the potential exposure to Blood borne pathogens. Additionally, the employee will acknowledge potential exposure to Blood borne pathogen on the Monthly Employee Health and Safety Report. Reporting must comply with WESTON Operating Procedures, i.e. verbal reports must be received by Corporate Health & Safety as soon as possible to assure employees will be medically evaluated within 24 hours and written reports within 48 hours. WESTON standard Incident Reports will be used, but shall be clearly identified with the notation, "Potential Blood borne Pathogen Exposure" at the top ofthe first page.

200452

10.3 Post Exposure Management and Testing

Upon learning of exposure to a source or source individual found to be positive for HBsAg, WESTON's Medical Consultant will provide direction on case management. The medical consultant, after discussion of the exposure situation with the medical clinic or hospital where the employee was evaluated and treated for injury, will determine whether the exposed employee should be tested for HBV or HIV prior to the status ofthe source being known (or in the case where the source is unknown). HBV and HIV testing ofthe source individual should be done at the Regional Office medical clinic or at the hospital where the victim was treated for injury. Local laws may apply for testing source individuals in

, situations where consent cannot be obtained because the source refuses testing or can not be identified (i.e., an unconscious patient). If the job location does not allow access to the Regional Office medical clinic then a new WESTON Occupational Medical Consultant will be consulted for guidance. The alternate clinic/hospital must offer pretest counseling, post test counseling and referral for treatment.

The RSO will consult WESTON Corporate Health and Safety or Medical Consultant to determine if the exposed employee should be given the HBV post vaccination.

' —Collection and testingof blood for HBV'and HIV serologicaTstatusshall"b'e~pe^^ on the exposed employees blood (after consent) where the source is found to be positive for HIV or HBV. Results ofthe source individuals testing shall be made available to the exposed employee, and the employee shall be informed of applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure ofthe identity and infectious status ofthe source individual. When the source individual is already known to be infected with HBV or HIV testing ofthe source individual known HBV or HIV status need not be repeated (Center for Disease Control, 1985).

If the source ofthe exposure is a needle stick or bloodstained material (i.e., blood stained material contacted an open wound on a field team member) the source should be placed in an appropriate container (i.e., sharps container for needles and red bag for blood tainted material). The container should be given the WESTON medical clinic for analysis. If the source is found to be HBV or HIV positive, the incident report must be updated to change the status from subjected to confirmed exposure. At this point the incident report will be placed in a limited control access portion of incident filing system to maintain confidentiality.

10.4 Human Immunodeficiency Virus Post Exposure Management

For any exposure to a source or source individual who has AIDS, who is found to be positive for HIV infection or who reflises testing, the worker should be counseled regarding the risk of infection and evaluated clinically and serologically for evidence for the HIV infection as soon as possible after the exposure. WESTON's Medical Consultant will provide direction on the case management.

If the source individual was tested and found to be zero or negative, follow-up will be determined by WESTON's Medical Consultant.

If the source or source individual cannot be identified, decisions regarding appropriate follow-up should be

200453

individualized. Serological testing will be made available to all workers who may be concerned they have been infected with HIV through and Occupational Exposure. (Center for Disease Control, 1987 and USHHS and NIOSH, 1989) WESTON's Medical Consultant will provide direction on the case management.

11.0 Communication of Hazards to Employees

II.I Training Schedule

The WESTON SO's will ensure that employees who are required to provide First Aid and CPR, are trained in regards to all components ofthe standard upon employee assignment and at the annual refresher training. Safety Officers will also be responsible for informing First Aid Providers of task modifications or procedure changes which might affect occupational exposure.

11.2 Training Contents

A sign-up sheet as shown in Table 5 will contain the following information: attendants names, signatures, job classifications, instructors name and duration ofthe class.

Training will contain the following information:

o Where an accessible copy ofthe regulatory text and the WESTON's Exposure Control Plan can be found.

o An explanation of WESTON's exposure control plan and the means by which employees can obtain

a copy ofthe written plan.

o A general explanation ofthe epidemiology and symptoms of Blood borne diseases.

o An explanation ofthe appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that may involve

exposure to blood and other potentially infectious materials. o An explanation ofthe iise and limitations of methods, that will prevent or reduce exposure including

appropriate engineering controls, work practices, and PPE.

o Information on the types, proper use, location, removal, handling, decontamination and disposal of PPE.

o An explanation of the basis for selection of PPE.

200454

o An explanation ofthe procedure to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method of reporting the incident and the medical follow-up that will be made available.

o Information on the post-exposure evaluation and follow-up that the employer is required to provide

for the employee following an exposure incident.

o An explanation ofthe signs and labels and/or color coding for disposal of infectious materials.

0 An opportunity for interactive questions and answers with the person conducting the training session.

The training sign-up sheet will be submitted by the RSO to the Corporate Health and Safety Department.

12.0 Record keeping

When an employee gives First Aid or CPR and in doing so becomes subject to this Plan, they will verbally report the incident according to WESTON's Operating Practices and then as soon as possible complete a WESTON injury/exposure Incident report and acknowledge potential exposure to Blood borne pathogens will also be made on the WESTON Monthly Employee Health and Safety Report. As part of a medical record, the circumstances of exposure will be kept confidential. Relevant information includes the activities in which the worker was engaged at the time of exposure, the extent to which appropriate work practices and PPE were used, and a description ofthe source of exposure (USHHS and NIOSH, 1989). The RSO will submit all occupational injury/exposure forms to Corporate Health and Safety. When the source is tested for HIV or HBV, the incident report is updated and placed in a Corporate confidential file.

13.0 Dates

This plan will be effective on 31 October, 1992.

George M. Crawford Jr. CIH

Corporate Health and Safety Director

200455

ATTACHMENT 1

INFORMATION ON INFECTION AND BLOOD BORNE PATHOGENS

EXPOSURE PREVENTION PLAN - FIRST AID PROVIDERS

200456

General Information on Blood borne Pathogens

INFECTION

From a definitive standpoint, infection is a state of condition in which the body or part ofthe body has been invaded by a pathogenic agent (microorganism or virus) which, under favorable conditions, multiplies and produces effects which are injurious. The principal causes of infections are agents belonging to the following groups: viruses, bacteria, ricketlsias, fijngi and animal parasites.

Micro organisms may gain entry into tissue through the gastrointestinal tract, as in typhoid fever, through the respiratory tract, as in tuberculosis and common colds, through wounds, as in rabies, through contaminated objects as in tetanus or insect bites (as in malaria and yellow fever).

Chain of Infection

The infectious process can best be compared to a chain with six interrelated links, all of which must be present for an infection to take place.

INFECTIOUS AGENT

The first of these links is the etiologic agent itself- any bacterium, fijngus, virus or other microorganism. Not only must the organism be present, it must also be pathogenic, or capable of causing disease. Fortunately, most microorganism do not fall into this category, and some are even directly beneficial. For example, Escherichia coli, a very common bacterium found in the gut, can cause various types of infectious complications in a weakened host. However, this organism is also beneficial through its production of Vitamin K, a necessary component in the blood clotting process.

A factor critical to this link involves a phenomenon known as infective dose. Seldom, if ever, has the transmission of disease resulted from the transfer of a single microorganism. It usually requires thousands-to-millions of such agents before infection can actually take place. The actual number of infectious particles necessary to induce infection varies with the particular pathogen in question. It may only take the ingestion of 1,000 salmonella to produce typhoid fever. Hepatitis B, on the other hand, necesshates an infective dose of approximately 100,000 viral particles.

RESERVOIR

The second major link involves the presence of a reservoir or source which will allow for microbial survival and, perhaps, even multiplication of a potential pathogen. Common reservoirs would include the multitude of supplies and equipment which are used in patient care. The role played by food and drink, linen and other inanimate objects is of comparatively minor significance when measured against that played by the major reservoir, the human being. Most infections are caused by the patient's own microbial flora. This is not too surprising given the actual

200457

number of microorganisms which can normally be found in and on the human body. Each person carries on their skin approximately 10,000 microorganisms per square inch. Adults average about 20 million microorganisms on their skin alone. In the oral cavity, there are approximately 100 billion microorganisms, and in the lower colon there are an excess of 1 trillion.

PORTAL OF EXIT

The third link is the presence of a source from which the pathogen can emerge, a portal of exit. Obvious portals of exit will include the respiratory tract, vascular system, skin and mucous membranes as well as the gastrointestinal and genitourinary tracts. Each of these portals of exits is peculiar to given diseases. For example, tuberculosis and influenza would involve only the respiratory tract, and typhoid fever the gastrointestinal tract. When considering the transmission of any infectious disease, bear in mind the portal of exit specific to that given pathogenic agent.

MODE OF TRANSMISSION

The fourth link, a mode of transmission, is one over which there is a great deal of control. It is this which is, by far, the easiest to break.

Transmission can occur in one of four ways: contact; airborne; vehicular; and vector modes of spread.

Vector involves the transmission of pathogens via insect, animal or plant vectors.

The transfer of infectious agents through vehicular means (fomites) is not a common event. Nonetheless, it can and does occur. Examples would include food borne outbreaks such as cholera and hepatitis A. The vehicular spread of disease is relatively uncommon in heaUh care settings within the United States.

Another mode of transmission involves the airborne route. Several diseases are spread in this manner, the most notable being tuberculosis. Many ofthe so called "childhood diseases," measles; mumps, and chicken pox, can be spread this way. Control of the airborne spread of disease usually involves good ventilatory patterns and caution when coming into close proximity with infected individuals.

The major mode of disease transfer involves contact transmission. This take place either through direct or indirect contact, or through droplet spread involving contact with exhaled respiratory secretions. Direct contact transmission primarily involves person-to-person spread through actual physical contact, such as with the unwashed hands of a patient care provider.

Indirect contact transmission can be the result of patient contact with some contaminated intermediate object such as irrigating solutions or respiratory therapy equipment. Droplet spread can occur as the result of contact with respiratory secretions through such means as sneezing or coughing. These various forms of contact transmission account for numerous types of infectious complications including staphylococcal, streptococcal and herpes infections, scabies and influenza.

200458

PORTAL OF ENTRY

The fifth link in the chain requires a suitable portal of entry. The avenues for gaining entry into the body are, in most instances, identical to the portals of exit. For example, only the respiratory tract would be involved in tuberculosis, blood with hepatitis and HIV, the gastrointestinal tract with salmonella. Body trauma, needle stick and puncture injuries are other potential portals of entry. The vast majority of infectious disease and infectious conditions require very specific portals of entry.

SUSCEPTIBILITY

The last major link involves the necessity for a susceptible host, someone who lacks effective resistance to a given pathogenic agent. There is a variety of host factors which must be met before infection can occur.

Very few organisms can gain entrance through normal intact skin. Most require some breach in skin integrity. Other less obvious lines of defense include tears, gastric acid and cilia ofthe nose and upper respiratory tract. One's ability to mount a local inflammatory response provides yet another non-specific host defense mechanism. _ _ ^

There are, however, several biologic factors which serve to decrease, rather than increase, a resistance to infection. Extremes in age, either the very young or the very old, are associated with decreased resistance. Other factors such as major surgery and the presences of chronic diseases (diabetes, neoplasia, blood disorders) can alter host resistance. Malnutrition, anemia and chronic alcoholism also have pronounced effects on the ability to combat disease (Johnson and Johnson, 1992).

HEPATITIS B VIRUS

DEFINITION

The term "hepatitis" simply means an inflammation ofthe liver. This condition can be caused by a wide variety of agents, including medications, alcohol, toxic or poisonous substances and infectious agents such as viruses. Hepatitis B, formerly known as "serum" hepatitis, is the only form of viral hepatitis that poses a significant occupational threat in the health care environment.

SYMPTOMS

HBV is a disease that causes liver damage, the severity of which can range from mild or even unapparent to severe or fatal. Ofthe infected individuals, 6 - 10% will become HBV carriers. Carriers are at risk of developing chronic liver disease, including active hepatitis, cirrhosis, and primary liver cancer, and are infectious to others (USHHS and NIOSH, 1989).

200459

INCIDENCE

Nationwide, there are approximately 300,000 new cases of hepatitis B infection each year and about 5,000 deaths due to this disease. In health care employees alone, there are approximately 12,000 cases of occupational hepatitis B infection each year and more than 200 deaths.

Approximately 5 percent ofthe entire U.S. population, more than 12 million people, have been infected with hepatitis B in the past. Of great concern from a transmission point of view is the fact that neariy one half of all such cases will be subclinical.

Many individuals become carriers ofthis disease without knowing that they have ever been infected. The carrier rate is approximately 10 percent. It is estimated that, in the United States alone, there are approximately 750,000 to 1,000,000 asymptomatic carriers of the virus. As patients, these individuals pose as a substantial reservoir of hepatitis B infection in the health care environment.

SOURCES OF INFECTION

The hepatitis B virus has been isolated from various body fluids including blood, semen, vaginal secretions, breast milk, saliva, and serous fluid. Within the health care setting, however, hepatitis B is thought to be transmitted primarily by per cutaneous or permucosal exposure to contaminated blood. Such exposure usually consists of inoculation of contaminated blood through such means as needle sticks or the splashing of blood or blood tinged body fluids into the eyes or mouth.

RISK

There is a direct relationship between the likelihood of occupational hepatitis B infection and the frequency of blood contact. Health care professionals such as surgeons, operating room-staff, pathologists and emergency room

. personnel exhibit a very high incidence of exposure to this virus. It is the frequency of blood contact which determines the level of risk.

200460

PROTECTIVE MEASURES

Protective measures against hepatifis B infection include good hand washing practices caution and proper technique in the handing of needles, sharp supplies and instruments that may be contaminated. Excellent protective treatment for or prevention ofthis disease is afforded by both hepatitis B immune globulin (HBIG) and by hepatitis B vaccine. Either or both of these should be given as soon as possible after any documented exposure to blood (Johnson and Johnson, 1992).

HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS

DEFLNITION

Human Immunodeficiency Syndrome or AIDS is a severe viral disease only recently introduced into the Untied States. AIDS severely affects the immune system and is characterized by a multitude of opportunistic infections.

The AIDS virus (HIV or human immunodeficiency virus) is typical of most viruses in that it cannot survive for any appreciable amount of time outside ofits human host. Its presence in the general environment is extremely unlikely and would be limited to body secretions, primarily blood and semen. Being an unstable virus, HIV is very susceptible to a large number of common household disinfectants.

SYMPTOMS

The outcome or manifestation of illness varies with individuals infected with the virus.

Some infected persons have no disease symptoms and may not show outward signs ofthe disease for many years.

Some infected persons suffer less severe symptoms than do those with diagnosed cases of AIDS. These lesser symptoms may include loss of appetite, weight loss, fever, night sweats, skin rashes, diarrhea, tiredness, lack of resistance to infection, and swollen lymph nodes.

AIDS is the result ofthe progressive destruction of a persons immune system, which is the body's defense against disease. This destruction allows diseases that the body can normally fight to threaten the person's health and life. A particularly dangerous type of pneumonia and certain other infections often invade a body weakened by HIV. HIV can also attack the nervous system and cause damage to the brain. This may take years to develop. The symptoms may include memory loss, indifference, loss of coordination, partial paralysis, or mental disorder (USHHS and NIOSH, 1989).

200461

INCIDENCE

Over the past decade, approximately 210,000 cases of AIDS have been reported in the United States. In addition, there are an estimated one million individuals who have been'infected with the virus but have not yet developed the disease. It is important to remember that these individuals are generally without symptoms yet they are carriers of the virus and thus potentially infectious.

SOURCES OF INFECTION

The various modes by which HIV can be transmitted are well defined. Male homosexual and bisexual practices along with intravenous (IV) drug abuse are certainly two major means of transmission.

Although not as efficient a mode of spread, heterosexual transmission does occur, and is increasing in incidence in several countries around the world. Comparatively fewer individuals have contracted AIDS as the result of receiving

'"contaminated-bloodorblood products—In additionrtheadvent~ofiaboratoryiests"to~detectinfectionwith^MV"has'' all but eliminated any possibility ofthis mode of transmission.

ADDS is not hereditary, but it can be congenital. In fact, vertical transmission which involves passage ofthe virus from an infected woman to her unborn child, is the third major means of transmission and accounts for the majority of cases of pediatric AIDS.

RISK

There is a common misconception that health care workers are at high risk for acquiring HIV infection through occupational exposure. In truth, studies confirm the fact that this supposed risk is far less than one percent. Ofthe thousands of health care workers in the United States and other parts ofthe worid who have been exposed to HIV through patient contact, very few have developed subsequent infection.

PROTECTIVE MEASURES

AIDS is a concern of immense proportion to the health care community. However, from an occupational health point of view, there is little reason for undue concern regarding this virus. Simple employment of good personal hygiene, common sense and the barrier techniques which are discussed in this plan will serve well to prevent health care workers from contracting HIV infection or any other serious illness in the workplace (Johnson and Johnson, 1992).

200462

OTHER BLOOD BORNE PATHOGENS

200463

OTHER BLOOD BORNE PATHOGENS

Although not a complete listing the following indicates several additional infectious diseases which are spread by contact with contaminated blood or body fluids.

SYPHILIS

Syphilis is caused by infection with Treponema pallidum, a spirochete (a thin-walled, spiral-shaped bacteria). Syphilis, a sexually transmitted infectious disease, is becoming increasingly prevalent in the United States. The natural history of syphilis is characterized by an incubation period of 10 to 90 days during which the patient is seront gative and asymptomatic. After this incubation period, a primary stage occurs, usually characterized by the appearance of a single lesion, or chancre, and normally accompanied by reactivity in serologic tests. Untreated, the primary lesion heals in weeks. Within weeks to months, a variable systemic illness, the secondary stage, characterized by rash, fever and widespread hematogenous and lymphatic dissemination of spirochetes occurs. All infected persons have reactive serologic tests in this stage. Over two-thirds of patients then go into a latent phase when they are asymptomaticrAftera-variable period of latency, therestprogressto a tertiary stage'with high morbidity and" mortality including involvement of skin, bones, central nervous and cardiovascular systems. During the course of untreated syphilis, spirochetes may be intermittently found in the bloodstream. Syphilis can probably be transmitted throughout the course of illness, however, not as readily as during primary and tertiary stages. Although syphilis is mainly transmitted sexually or "in-utero", cases of transmission by needle stick, tattooing, and blood transfiasion have been documented.

MALARIA

Malari.d is a potentially fatal mosquito-borne parasitic infection of the blood cells characterized by paroxysms (sudd( n, periodic or reoccurring cases) of fever, chills, and anemia. Although hot wide-spread in the United States, cases of mosquito borne infection have been documented. The incubation period for malaria in man is based upon which ofthe four types of spore-forming protozoa caused the disease, typical however, are ranges from 12 days to over 10 months. Symptoms range from various disorders of the digestive and nervous systems characterized by periodic chills, fever and sweats.

ARBOVIRAL INFECTIONS

Arboviral (arthropod-borne) infections (e.g., yellow fever, equine encephalitis, Colorado tick fever) generally do not lead to high or sustained levels of viremia in humans, therefore, there is little potential for person-to-person transmission of these infections through blood products or needle stick injury. The exception is Colorado fick fever caused by a tick-borne virus which infects red-blood cells. Within 3-14 days following tick exposures, the pafient experiences fever, chills, headache, muscle and back aches. Several hundred cases are reported annually and transmission by blood transfijsion has been documented.

200464

ATTACHMENT 2

TASK BY TASK IDENTIFICATION OF RISK AND PROTECTION

200465

CPR and First Aid

Emergency Situation

Victim is lying on the ground

Victims breathing has ceased

No pulse

Victim is lying on the ground

Choking without stoppage of breathing

Heart Attack

Bleeding with spurting blood

Minimal bleeding

Compound fractures

1 Burns

Poisoning

Diiibctic shock

Service

Primary survey of victim and opening victims ainvay

Rescue breathing

CPR

Secondary suney of victim

Heimlich maneuver

Comfort victim

External control

External control

External control

External control

If induced vomiting is needed

Giving an injection

Potential Contact

Skin to skin contact

Skin to skin contact Mouth to mouth contact










Sharps from needle could cause direct

1 injection

PPE Required

Gloves

Gloves Resuscitation mouthpiece

Gloves Resuscitation mouthpiece

Gloves

None required if skin is intact Non-intact skin requires gloves

Gloves

Gloves Gown or coveralls Apron Mask Eyewear Boot cover

Gloves

Gloves

Gloves

Gloves 1 Gown 1 Mask

Eyewear

Boot cover

Gloves Sharps container

200466

CPR and First Aid

Emergency Situation

Bites and stings

Seizures

Stroke

Heat Stress/Cold Stress

Victim has fainted

"VictiitTfalirdowh in hazardous atmosphere

Soiled clothes handling

Decontamination

Containerization

Scnice

Giving an injection

External control

Provide comfort

External control

Raise legs for shock

Rescue victim from area

Place soiled clothing and materials in red/orange bag

Scrub with disinfectant

Place contaminated clothing into bags

Potential Contact

Sharps from needle could cause direct injection

Eyes and skin contact

none



Skin to skiiTcontact

Skin contact with Blood borne pathogens in clothing fabrics

Skin contact with Blood borne pathogens in clothing fabrics

Potential skin contact with residual Blood borne pathogen on bags

PPE Required

Gloves Sharps container

Gloves Gown Mask Evewear

None required

Gloves

Gloves

Gloves

Gloves Gown

Gloves Gown

Gloves Gown

200467

ATTACHMENT 3

FIRST AID KIT REQUIREMENTS

200468

* = Minimum Required

First Aid Kit Equipment for Blood borne Pathogens

QUANTITY ITEM

2pait Disposable gown or Tyveks coveralls

2 pa. Disposable splash apron

* = = 1 Disposable rescue breathing shield

2 pair Disposable respirator masks

2 pair * = Nitrile Surgicals

Disposable puncture resistant gloves

4 pair Latex surgical gloves (medium)

4 pair Latex surgical gloves (Large)

2 pair * = 1 Safety glasses with closed side shields or splash goggles (or face shield)

2 pair Protective shoe covers

2 pair * = 1 Protective head cover

Red or orange biohazard waste bag

Biohazard labels

Labeled or color coded leak proof and puncture proof sharps container (plastic container with lid and leak proof on sides and bottom)

Red bag waste shipping box (This may be obtained from medical disposal facility and after incident)

1 Small scrub brush

1 quart Sterilizing or disinfecting solution or household bleach (Also include a container to contain the bleach/water solution).

1 package each Disposable towels and Antiseptic hand cleaners/towelettes

1 Red bag waste manifest paperwork (This may be obtained from the medical disposal facility after an incident)

200469

ATTACHMENT 4

DECLINATION OF VACCINATION

200470

HEPATITIS B VACCINE DECLINATION

I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection. I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, at no charge to myself However, I decline hepatitis B vaccination at this time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B, a serious disease. If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me.

Employee Signature Date

-^-Employee-Name (Print)-

Employee Number

Date

RSO Signature Date

200471

ATTACHMENT 5

TRAINING RECORDS

200472

Table 5 Training Record

Blood borne Pathogen Training Class OSHA 1910.1030

Instructor Training Date Training Duration

Stu-lcnt Sigucture

Student Name (Print)

,

Job Classification

200473

References

Centers for Disease Control. Recommendations Against Viral Hepatitis. MMWR 1985; 34:313-324, 329-335.

Centers for Disease Control. Centers for Disease Control. Recommendations for Prevention of HIV Transmission in Health-Care Settings. MMWR 1987; 36 (suppl 2S).

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. A Curriculum Guide for Public-Safety and Emergency-Response Workers. NIOSH 89-108.

Johnson and Johnson Medical Inc. Blood borne Infections: A Practical Guide to OSHA Compliance.

200474

APPENDIX L HEALTH AND SAFETY OPERATING PROCEDURES

HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATION

200475

Heavy Equipment Operation - FLD22


Field Operating Procedure - FLD22 - Heavy Equipment Operation

Related FLD OPS:

FLD23 - Cranes/Lifting Equipment FLD24 - Aerial Lifts/Manlifts FLD34 - Utilities FLD35 - Electrical Safety

5. Machinery and Mechanized Equipment Safety

A. General

Before any machinery or mechanized equipment is placed in use, it will be inspected and tested by a competent mechanic and certified to be in safe operating condition.

The employer will designate a competent person to be responsible for the inspection of all machinery and equipment daily and during use to make sure it is in safe operating condition. Tests will be made at the beginning of each shift during which the equipment is to be used to determine that the brakes and operating systems are in proper working condition.

Previentative maintenance procedures recommended by the manufacturer will be followed.

Any machinery or equipment found to be unsafe will be deadlined and its use prohibited until unsafe conditions have been corrected.

Inspections or determinations of road conditions and structures will be made in advance to ensure that clearances and load capacities are safe for the passing or placing of any machinery or equipment.

Machinery and mechanized equipment will be operated only by designated personnel. Equipment deficiencies observed at any time that affect their safe operation will be corrected before continuing operation.

Seats or equal protection will be provided for each person required to ride on equipment.

Getting off or on any equipment while it is in motion is prohibited.

Machinery or equipment requiring an operator will not be permitted to run unattended.

200476

Machinery or equipment will not be operated in a manner that will endanger persons or property, nor will the safe operating speeds or loads be exceeded.

All machinery or equipment will be shut down and positive means taken to prevent its operation while repairs or manual lubrications are being done. Exemption: Equipment designed to be serviced while running.

All repairs on machinery or equipment will be made at a location that will provide protection from traffic for repair persons.

Heavy machinery, equipment, or parts thereof that are suspended or held apart by slings, hoists, or jacks also will be substantially blocked or cribbed before personnel are permitted to work underneath or between them.

Bulldozer and scraper blades, end-loader buckets, dump bodies, and similar equipment will be either fully lowered or blocked when being repaired or when not in use. All controls will be in a neutral position, with the engines stopped and brakes set, unless work being performed on the machine requires otherwise.

- Stationary-machineiy and equipment_will.be_placed on a firm foundation.and secured .beforebeingoperated. . '„

All points requiring lubrication during operation will have fittings so located or guarded to be accessible without hazardous exposure.

I

When necessary, all mobile equipment and the operating area will be adequately illuminated while work is in progress.

Mechanized equipment will be shut down prior to and during fueling operations. Closed systems, with automatic shutoff that will prevent spillage if connections are broken, may be used to fuel diesel powered equipment left running.

All towing devices used on any combinations of equipment will be structurally adequate for the weight drawn and securely mounted.

Persons will not be permitted to get between a towed and towing piece of equipment until the towing equijpment has been stopped.

All equipment with windshields will be equipped with powered wipers. Vehiclesthat operate under conditions that cause fogging or frosting of windshields will be equipped with operable defogging or defrosting devices.

All equipment left unattended at night, adjacent to a highway in normal use, or adjacent to construction areas where work is in progress, will have lights or reflectors, or barricades equipped with lights or reflectors, to identify the location ofthe equipment.

Whenever the equipment is parked, the parking brake will be set. Equipment parked on inclines will have the wheels chocked or track mechanism blocked and the parking brake set.

Lift trucks, stackers, etc., will have the rated capacity posted on the vehicle so as to be clearly visible to the operator.

200477

When auxiliary removable counterweights are provided by the manufacturer, corresponding alternate rated capacities also will be clearly shown on the vehicle. The ratings will not be exceeded.

Steering or spinner knobs will not be attached to the steering wheel unless the steering mechanism prevents road reactions from causing the steering handwheel to spin. When permitted, the steering knob will be mounted within the periphery ofthe wheel.

All industrial trucks in use will meet the requirements of design, construction, stability, inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation, defined in ANSI B56.1, Safety Standards for Powered Industrial Trucks.

The installation of live booms on material and personnel hoists is prohibited.

The controls of loaders, excavators, or similar equipment with folding booms or lift arms will not be operated from a ground position unless so designed:

Personnel will not work or pass under the buckets or booms of loaders in operation.

Cranes and any other equipment used for lifting must be inspected as required and records of inspection must be maintained.

2. Drill Rigs

WESTON will use the Drilling Safety Guide prepared by delegations ofthe Diamond Core Drilling Manufacturers Association and the National Drilling Contractors Association as published by the National Drilling Federation as the basic Safety Programs for all activities involving drill rigs or similar apparatus for the purpose of well installation or soil borings.

Copies ofthis document are available from Corporate Heahh and Safety.

200478

APPENDIX M HEALTH AND SAFETY OPERATING PROCEDURES

LADDERS

200479

Ladders - FLD26


Field Operating Procedure - FLD26 - Ladders

Related FLD OPS:

FLD02 - Inclement Weather FLD25 - Working at Elevation

L Portable Ladders

A. General

Portable ladders must be used for their designed purpose only. Portable ladders must be used, maintained and constructed accordingto-ANSLStandardsA-14.Land A=14.2,-.OSHA 29XFR.1910.25-and..26_and.manufacturers'— instructions.

B. Inspection

Portable ladders must be examined for defects prior to use. Examination shall include, but not be limited to, ensuring that: ;

1. Joints between steps or rungs are tight. 2. Hardware and fittings are secure, and rivets are not sheared. 3. Metal bearings of locks, wheels, pulleys, etc. are

lubricated. 4. Rope on extension ladders is in good condition. 5. Rungs are not loose, cracked, bent, dented, are free of

slivers or splinters and are treated to prevent slipping. 6. Side rails are not cracked, bent or dented and are free of

slivers.

Defective ladders must not be used. Ladders found to be defective should be clearly tagged to indicate NO USE, if repairable, or destroyed immediately if no repair is possible.

Use Requirements

Ladders must be set on a flat, firm surface with both handrails in contact with an upper support which is sufficiently strong and rigid.

Straight ladders must have secure footing provided by a combination of safety feet, top of ladder tie-offs and mud cills or a person holding the ladder to prevent slipping.

200480

When middle or top sections of sectional ladders are used as bottom sections, they must have safety feet.

The rafio ofthe distance to the foot of a ladder from the base ofthe vertical plane to the height from the base to the top ofthe vertical plane when the ladder rests on the top ofthe vertical plane shall be no more than 1:4 and no less than 1:3; e.g. one foot out from a wall for every 4 feet up the wall to the point where the ladder rests against the wall.

The handrails of a straight ladder must extend at least 36 inches above the landing.

Straight ladders may not be lashed together to make sectional ladders.

Metal ladders must not be used near electrical conductors.

Workers must use both hands, and must face the ladder when ascending and descending.

No more than one person may use a straight portable ladder at a time.

"Standing'on-the-top-rung/step'Or-above-the-rnanufaeturer-S'Safe-indiGafion-is-prohibited.—^— .-„ - .—.

Ladders should be positioned so workers do not have to lean more than half of their body beyond (outside of) either handrail.

Ladders must not be placed in front of doors that open toward the ladder unless the door is locked and the person(s) using the ladder has the key, the door is blocked open and other persons are warned ofthe presence ofthe ladder, or a guard is posted at the door.

Ladders must be inspected after each use and if acceptable, stored in a manner not to damage or stress the ladder. Ideally, ladders should be hung from a side rail in an area where sunlight or extremes in temperature or humidity would not affect them.

Ladders must never be used as scaffolding, storage racks, or shelves.

Requirements for construction of portable ladders include: 1. Ladders must conform to construction criteria of ANSI Standards A-14.1 and A-14.2. 2. Ladders must have at least 12 inches between side rails and should have 12 inches between rungs. 3 .Single action ladders must not exceed 30 feet in length, two-section ladders more than 48feet and

ladders with more than two sections more than 60 feet in length. The minimum overlap for extension ladders must be 36 inches for up to 36 feet, 48 inches for 36 to 48 feet and 60 inches for up to 60 feet. The must be positive stops to ensure proper overiap.

4. Metal ladders must be of sufficient strength and corrosion resistant. 5. Steps or rungs of metal ladders must be treated to prevent climbers hands and feet from slipping.

200481

2, Fixed Ladders

A. General

Fixed ladders shall be constructed and used in accordance with OSHA Standards, 29 CFR 1910.27 and ANSI Standard A-14.3.

Requirements for Construction

Loading Requirements

Minimum live load capacity of 200 lb. is concentrated at the points of maximum stress. Capacity must be increased by 200 lb increments for each additional person based upon the rate of use and potential for more than one person using a ladder or ladder section at the same time.

Weight of ladder itself and appurtenances must be considered in designing the railings and fastenings.

Wooden ladders must meet design stress requirements of 1910.25.

Feature Requirements

Metal rungs must be a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch, except where metal rungs of ladders are exposed to corrosive atmospheres and must be 1 inch in diameter or coated to prevent corrosion. Wooden rungs must be a minimum of 1 inch in diameter.

The distance between rungs, cleats, or steps must be no more than 12 inches. Rungs, cleats, or steps must be uniformly spaced throughout the length ofthe ladder.

The minimum clear width of rungs, cleats, or steps is 16 inches.

Rungs;, cleats or steps, and side rails that may be used for handholds when climbing, must offer adequate gripping surface and be free of splinters, slivers or burrs, and substances that could cause slipping.

Ladders using different metals, which could result in electrolytic action, must incorporate electrolytic protection. Ladders in atmospheres that could affect the integrity of the ladder must be treated to prevent corrosion or deterioration.

Fixed ladders (unless of sufficient height to use caging or a well construction as fall protection) must have a minimum of 15 inches of clearance from the centerline of the rungs to each side, 30 to 36 inches from the rungs to any obstruction on the climbing side ofthe ladder, 7 inches between the rungs and any obstruction on the non-climbing side ofthe ladder, have grab rails or extensions of side rails reaching a minimum of 40 inches above the landing and be oriented so that it is not necessary to step across more than 12 inches to a point of landing through or to the side ofthe ladder.

Ladders of greater than 20 feet must have cages or other approved fall protection devices.

200482

Where cages or wells are used for fall protection, the cage must begin no lower than 7 feet from the "ground" landing, but no higher than 8 feet. If more than 30 feet, sections must be offset with side accessed landings (minimum dimensions 24" wide by 30" length) located at least four feet below the top of a 30 foot, or fraction thereof section. The distance from the rungs to the cage back on the climbing side must be between 27 and 28 inches, and the width ofthe cage or well no less than 27 inches. There should be no projections through the cage. Projections in wells may reduce space from rung to projection to no less than 24 inches, and projections must have deflectors for head protection.

Where fall protection is provided by ladder safety systems (body belts or harnesses, lanyards and braking devices with safety lines or rails), systems must meet the requirements of and be used in accordance with WESTON Fall Protection Standard Practices and be compatible with construction ofthe ladder system.

200483

This page was intentionally left blank for pagination purposes

200484

APPENDIX N HEALTH AND SAFETY OPERATING PROCEDURES

NOISE PROTECTION

200485

Noise Protection - FLDOl


Field Operating Procedure - FLDQl - Noise Protection

Related FLD OPS:

FLD03 FLD08 FLD 16 FLD21 FLD22 FLD33 FLD38

Hot Processes Confined Spaces Compressed Gas Systems Explosives Heavy Equipment Operation Demolition Hand and Power Tools

Related Programs:

PPE Program'Secfion

1. Hazard

Noise is defined as unwanted sound. Noise can cause sudden traumatic temporary hearing loss, long term more slowly occurring sensory-neural hearing loss which is irreversible, disruption of communication and masking of warning devices and alarms. Increased stress levels and effects on the cardiovascular and nervous systems have been documented. These latter two effects may occur at levels below that which cause damage to hearing and in situations where conditions are constant and daily.

A. Recognition and Risk Assessment

The need for noise monitoring equipment, noise dosimeters or hearing protection devices must be addressed in the planning stages of a project HASP.

Some ofthe source of noise at hazardous materials, demolition, construction and industrial sites which can cause hearing damage are: compressor motors, drill rig engines, hammer blows (such as from a split spoon), compressor motors, compressed air, compressed water, and heavy equipment. This list is not all inclusive. Any sound level surveys indicating noise levels of 85 dBA or above, or, in the absence of sound level measuring instrumentation, any noise/sound preventing normal vocal discussion between two individuals at arms length distance will dictate the need for hearing protection. ,

Where feasible, noise exposure will be controlled by engineering controls. Where high noise levels are encountered and where engineering controls cannot be accomplished, hearing protection devices will be used for worker

200486

protection from noise induced hearing loss. Hearing protection will be afforded by either disposable ear plugs or ear muffs. Administrative time control is not an acceptable method for preventing noise exposure since extreme noise for a short duration can cause severe, permanent hearing loss.

OSHA regulations generally apply to 8-hour exposures and consider 85 dBA as an action level for a Hearing Conservation Program. WESTON's Hearing Conservation Program includes physical examination and audiometric testing during annual medical monitoring. The selection, use, maintenance, and control of hearing protection is fiarther defined in the WESTON Personnel Protective Equipment Program.

B. Prevention and Hearing Conservation Program

Noise Evaluation

The noise exposure assessment is performed only by qualified personnel with special noise measuring equipment which is calibrated before and after each use. This program attempts to meet or exceed all government regulations

^pertaining.to-occupationaLnQise,„exp_osuLe.JFeasible engineering controls are sought as the primary meains^fnoise attenuation. Weston personnel and Weston subcontractors are to wear hearing protection devices when required and where signs are posted requiring their use.

The Survey

If the HASP or the SHSC indicate that the site, or activity, requires an instrumentation survey then initially the area will be screened with a sound level meter. If deemed necessary a more in depth evaluation utilizing a noise dosimeter may be performed.

Employee noise exposure is expressed as an eight-hour time-weighted average (full shift exposure) in decibels (dB) on the "A-scale" (dBA). This number is to be compared to the Occupational Safety and Heahh Administration's Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) which is an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA) of 90 dBA, and the OSHA Action Level (AL) which is 85 dBA.

The PEL is a limit which should not be exceeded, and the AL is a noise level threshold which when exceeded obligates the employer to establish a Hearing Conservation Program (HCP).

In order to understand the logarithmic decibel scale, consider that an increase of 5 decibels is just perceptible to most people, and an increase of 10 decibels is judged by most people to be doubling of "loudness".

The HCP includes baseline and annual hearing tests, and hearing conservation training. Whenever there is a reasonable possibility of employee noise exposure over 85 decibels, the affected employees are enrolled in the HCP.

All Weston personnel and WESTON subcontractors shall comply with the appropriate requirements stipulated in OSHA,Part 1926.52 "OccupationalNoiseExposure," 1926.101 "Hearing Protection", 1910.95 "Occupational Noise Exposure and/or applicable state or local requirements when noise exposure exceeds the levels shown in Table 1.

200487

If impact noise is present, the peak noise levels and the frequency of the impacts should be determined. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) recommends certain limits to impact noise which depend on the noise intensity and frequency ofthe impacts. The Table 2 shows the criteria being used.

Results ofthe Survey

The results of the survey and any recommendations and actions required will be sent in writing to the employee. Hearing protection devices are strongly recommended in any noisy environment, but are mandatory in the following situations:

1) The eight hour average may equal or exceed 90 decibels.

2) Any employee exposed to greater than or equal to 85 decibels and who have experienced a standard threshold shift (STS) in their hearing.

3) , Any noise equal to greater than 115 decibels impact, continuous or intermhtent. Note that in this case there may be areas where hearing protection devices are mandatory, but employees are not in the HCP.

4) Anywhere a "HEARING PROTECTION REQUIRED?.. "ligh is"po^ted. These signs are to beposted inalH mandatory situations listed in (1) through (3) above, but are often posted in other noisy areas.

Audiometric Testing

Audiometric testing is performed to annually evaluate the hearing of all individuals who are exposed to 8 hour TWA exposures of 85 dBA or greater, or to impact noise. By evaluating the hearing of these individuals, the overall effectiveness ofthe Occupational Noise and Hearing Conservation Program can be systematically monitored.

Training

Initial and annual training shall be given to each employee included in the Hearing Conservation Program. The training will address the following:

! The effects of noise on hearing.

! The purpose of hearing protection, advantages, disadvantages, attenuation of various types, and the selection,

fitting, use, and care of protectors.

! The purpose of audiometric tests and explanation of test procedures.

Hearing Protection Hearing protection is available to each employee. Ear muffs and ear plugs are available. Hearing protector attenuation is intended to reduce employee exposures below 85 dBA for employees with standard threshold shifts and below 90 dBA for all other employees.

Not all hearing protection devices have the same noise reduction rating (NRR). Verification of NRR values must be made by referring the manufacturers specifications. Table 3 provides the NRR for selected hearing protection devices.

200488

Recordkeeping

A record of all employee exposure measurements is retained for a minimum of two years and audiometric test records are retained for the duration ofthe employee's employment, plus thirty years.

200489

TABLE 1 NOISE EXPOSURE LIMITS

NOISE PROTECTION FLDOl

Duration in Hours

8

6

4

3

j 2 . -.-

1 1/2

1

1/2

1/4 or less

Sound Level dBA Slow Response

90

92

95

97

100

102

105

110

115

In all cases, for operations exceeding the noise levels identified above, feasible administrative or engineering controls should be utilized. If such control fail to reduce sound levels within the levels ofthe table above, hearing protection is required. Additionally,, when exposure exceeds those Usted this table, a hearing conservation program should be administered.

200490

TABLE 2 NUMBER OF IMPACTS PER DAY

NOISE PROTECTION FLDOl

Limit

10,000

1,000

100

Decibels

>120

-130

140 .

TABLE 3 - - HEARING PROTECTION DEVICE LIST

NOISE PROTECTION SPOPSFLDOl

Hearing Protection Device

Ear foam ear plugs

MSA molded ear plugs

Ear molded ear plugs

MSAMarklVearmuff

3M earmuff

Ear 1,000 earmuff

*Noise Reduction Rating (NRR)

29 decibels

22 decibels

27 decibels

25 decibels

24 decibels

24 decibels

The higher the NRR, the greater the noise rediiction. NRR's are subject to manufacture changes, verify the NRR of each protective device prior to use.

200491

report: health and safety plan for vega baja solid waste ... · 4.0 personnel training requirements...

Documents